
/*****************************************************************************\
*                                                                             *
* commctrl.h - - Interface for the Windows Common Controls                    *
*                                                                             *
* Version 1.2                                                                 *
*                                                                             *
* Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.                   *
*                                                                             *
\*****************************************************************************/

#ifndef _INC_COMMCTRL
#define _INC_COMMCTRL
#include <windows.h>

#ifndef _HRESULT_DEFINED
#define _HRESULT_DEFINED
#endif // !_HRESULT_DEFINED

#ifndef NOUSER

#define __in
#define __out
#define __in_opt
#define __out_xcount(x)
#define __in_ecount(x)
#define __nullterminated
#define __out_opt
#define __deref_inout_opt
#define FORCEINLINE inline
//
// Define API decoration for direct importing of DLL references.
//
#ifndef WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#if !defined(_COMCTL32_) && defined(_WIN32)
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#else
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#endif
#endif // WINCOMMCTRLAPI

//
// For compilers that don't support nameless unions
//
#ifndef DUMMYUNIONNAME
#ifdef NONAMELESSUNION
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME  u
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2 u2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3 u3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4 u4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5 u5
#else
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5
#endif
#endif // DUMMYUNIONNAME

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 4201) /* nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union */
#pragma once
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif

    //
    // Users of this header may define any number of these constants to avoid
    // the definitions of each functional group.
    //
    //    NOTOOLBAR    Customizable bitmap-button toolbar control.
    //    NOUPDOWN     Up and Down arrow increment/decrement control.
    //    NOSTATUSBAR  Status bar control.
    //    NOMENUHELP   APIs to help manage menus, especially with a status bar.
    //    NOTRACKBAR   Customizable column-width tracking control.
    //    NODRAGLIST   APIs to make a listbox source and sink drag&drop actions.
    //    NOPROGRESS   Progress gas gauge.
    //    NOHOTKEY     HotKey control
    //    NOHEADER     Header bar control.
    //    NOIMAGEAPIS  ImageList apis.
    //    NOLISTVIEW   ListView control.
    //    NOTREEVIEW   TreeView control.
    //    NOTABCONTROL Tab control.
    //    NOANIMATE    Animate control.
    //    NOBUTTON     Button control.
    //    NOSTATIC     Static control.
    //    NOEDIT       Edit control.
    //    NOLISTBOX    Listbox control.
    //    NOCOMBOBOX   Combobox control.
    //    NOSCROLLBAR  Scrollbar control.
    //    NOTASKDIALOG Task Dialog.
    //
    //=============================================================================

    //#include <prsht.h>

#ifndef SNDMSG
#define SNDMSG ::SendMessage
#endif // ifndef SNDMSG

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI InitCommonControls(void);
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0601

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    typedef struct tagINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX
    {
        DWORD dwSize; // size of this structure
        DWORD dwICC;  // flags indicating which classes to be initialized
    } INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX, *LPINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX;
#define ICC_LISTVIEW_CLASSES 0x00000001 // listview, header
#define ICC_TREEVIEW_CLASSES 0x00000002 // treeview, tooltips
#define ICC_BAR_CLASSES      0x00000004 // toolbar, statusbar, trackbar, tooltips
#define ICC_TAB_CLASSES      0x00000008 // tab, tooltips
#define ICC_UPDOWN_CLASS     0x00000010 // updown
#define ICC_PROGRESS_CLASS   0x00000020 // progress
#define ICC_HOTKEY_CLASS     0x00000040 // hotkey
#define ICC_ANIMATE_CLASS    0x00000080 // animate
#define ICC_WIN95_CLASSES    0x000000FF
#define ICC_DATE_CLASSES     0x00000100 // month picker, date picker, time picker, updown
#define ICC_USEREX_CLASSES   0x00000200 // comboex
#define ICC_COOL_CLASSES     0x00000400 // rebar (coolbar) control
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define ICC_INTERNET_CLASSES   0x00000800
#define ICC_PAGESCROLLER_CLASS 0x00001000 // page scroller
#define ICC_NATIVEFNTCTL_CLASS 0x00002000 // native font control
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ICC_STANDARD_CLASSES 0x00004000
#define ICC_LINK_CLASS       0x00008000
#endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI InitCommonControlsEx(const INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX *picce);
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#define ODT_HEADER   100
#define ODT_TAB      101
#define ODT_LISTVIEW 102

    //====== Ranges for control message IDs =======================================

#define LVM_FIRST 0x1000 // ListView messages
#define TV_FIRST  0x1100 // TreeView messages
#define HDM_FIRST 0x1200 // Header messages
#define TCM_FIRST 0x1300 // Tab control messages

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define PGM_FIRST 0x1400 // Pager control messages

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ECM_FIRST 0x1500 // Edit control messages
#define BCM_FIRST 0x1600 // Button control messages
#define CBM_FIRST 0x1700 // Combobox control messages
#endif                   // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

#define CCM_FIRST 0x2000 // Common control shared messages
#define CCM_LAST  (CCM_FIRST + 0x200)

#define CCM_SETBKCOLOR (CCM_FIRST + 1) // lParam is bkColor

    typedef struct tagCOLORSCHEME
    {
        DWORD dwSize;
        COLORREF clrBtnHighlight; // highlight color
        COLORREF clrBtnShadow;    // shadow color
    } COLORSCHEME, *LPCOLORSCHEME;

#define CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME   (CCM_FIRST + 2) // lParam is color scheme
#define CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME   (CCM_FIRST + 3) // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam
#define CCM_GETDROPTARGET    (CCM_FIRST + 4)
#define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT (CCM_FIRST + 5)
#define CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT (CCM_FIRST + 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define COMCTL32_VERSION 6
#else
#define COMCTL32_VERSION 5
#endif

#define CCM_SETVERSION      (CCM_FIRST + 0x7)
#define CCM_GETVERSION      (CCM_FIRST + 0x8)
#define CCM_SETNOTIFYWINDOW (CCM_FIRST + 0x9) // wParam == hwndParent.
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME (CCM_FIRST + 0xb)
#define CCM_DPISCALE       (CCM_FIRST + 0xc) // wParam == Awareness
#endif
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// for tooltips
#define INFOTIPSIZE 1024
#endif

    //====== WM_NOTIFY Macros =====================================================

#define HANDLE_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn)  (fn)((hwnd), (int)(wParam), (NMHDR *)(lParam))
#define FORWARD_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, idFrom, pnmhdr, fn) (LRESULT)(fn)((hwnd), WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)(int)(idFrom), (LPARAM)(NMHDR *)(pnmhdr))

    //====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification codes =================================

#define NM_OUTOFMEMORY (NM_FIRST - 1)
#define NM_CLICK       (NM_FIRST - 2) // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_DBLCLK      (NM_FIRST - 3)
#define NM_RETURN      (NM_FIRST - 4)
#define NM_RCLICK      (NM_FIRST - 5) // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_RDBLCLK     (NM_FIRST - 6)
#define NM_SETFOCUS    (NM_FIRST - 7)
#define NM_KILLFOCUS   (NM_FIRST - 8)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NM_CUSTOMDRAW (NM_FIRST - 12)
#define NM_HOVER      (NM_FIRST - 13)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define NM_NCHITTEST       (NM_FIRST - 14) // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_KEYDOWN         (NM_FIRST - 15) // uses NMKEY struct
#define NM_RELEASEDCAPTURE (NM_FIRST - 16)
#define NM_SETCURSOR       (NM_FIRST - 17) // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_CHAR            (NM_FIRST - 18) // uses NMCHAR struct
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0401)
#define NM_TOOLTIPSCREATED (NM_FIRST - 19) // notify of when the tooltips window is create
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define NM_LDOWN        (NM_FIRST - 20)
#define NM_RDOWN        (NM_FIRST - 21)
#define NM_THEMECHANGED (NM_FIRST - 22)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define NM_FONTCHANGED          (NM_FIRST - 23)
#define NM_CUSTOMTEXT           (NM_FIRST - 24) // uses NMCUSTOMTEXT struct
#define NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING (NM_FIRST - 24) // uses NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING struct, defined after HTREEITEM
#endif

#ifndef CCSIZEOF_STRUCT
#define CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(structname, member) (((int)((LPBYTE)(&((structname *)0)->member) - ((LPBYTE)((structname *)0)))) + sizeof(((structname *)0)->member))
#endif

//====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification structures ============================
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0401)
    typedef struct tagNMTOOLTIPSCREATED
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        HWND hwndToolTips;
    } NMTOOLTIPSCREATED, *LPNMTOOLTIPSCREATED;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    typedef struct tagNMMOUSE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD_PTR dwItemSpec;
        DWORD_PTR dwItemData;
        POINT pt;
        LPARAM dwHitInfo; // any specifics about where on the item or control the mouse is
    } NMMOUSE, *LPNMMOUSE;

    typedef NMMOUSE NMCLICK;
    typedef LPNMMOUSE LPNMCLICK;

    // Generic structure to request an object of a specific type.

    typedef struct tagNMOBJECTNOTIFY
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
#ifdef __IID_DEFINED__
        const IID *piid;
#else
        const void *piid;
#endif
        void *pObject;
        HRESULT hResult;
        DWORD dwFlags; // control specific flags (hints as to where in iItem it hit)
    } NMOBJECTNOTIFY, *LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY;

    // Generic structure for a key

    typedef struct tagNMKEY
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT nVKey;
        UINT uFlags;
    } NMKEY, *LPNMKEY;

    // Generic structure for a character

    typedef struct tagNMCHAR
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT ch;
        DWORD dwItemPrev; // Item previously selected
        DWORD dwItemNext; // Item to be selected
    } NMCHAR, *LPNMCHAR;

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)

    typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMTEXT
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        HDC hDC;
        LPCWSTR lpString;
        int nCount;
        LPRECT lpRect;
        UINT uFormat;
        BOOL fLink;
    } NMCUSTOMTEXT, *LPNMCUSTOMTEXT;

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
    //====== WM_NOTIFY codes (NMHDR.code values) ==================================

#define NM_FIRST (0U - 0U) // generic to all controls
#define NM_LAST  (0U - 99U)

#define LVN_FIRST (0U - 100U) // listview
#define LVN_LAST  (0U - 199U)

    // Property sheet reserved      (0U-200U) -  (0U-299U) - see prsht.h

#define HDN_FIRST (0U - 300U) // header
#define HDN_LAST  (0U - 399U)

#define TVN_FIRST (0U - 400U) // treeview
#define TVN_LAST  (0U - 499U)

#define TTN_FIRST (0U - 520U) // tooltips
#define TTN_LAST  (0U - 549U)

#define TCN_FIRST (0U - 550U) // tab control
#define TCN_LAST  (0U - 580U)

    // Shell reserved               (0U-580U) -  (0U-589U)

#define CDN_FIRST (0U - 601U) // common dialog (new)
#define CDN_LAST  (0U - 699U)

#define TBN_FIRST (0U - 700U) // toolbar
#define TBN_LAST  (0U - 720U)

#define UDN_FIRST (0U - 721U) // updown
#define UDN_LAST  (0U - 729U)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define DTN_FIRST (0U - 740U) // datetimepick
#define DTN_LAST  (0U - 745U) // DTN_FIRST - 5

#define MCN_FIRST (0U - 746U) // monthcal
#define MCN_LAST  (0U - 752U) // MCN_FIRST - 6

#define DTN_FIRST2 (0U - 753U) // datetimepick2
#define DTN_LAST2  (0U - 799U)

#define CBEN_FIRST (0U - 800U) // combo box ex
#define CBEN_LAST  (0U - 830U)

#define RBN_FIRST (0U - 831U) // rebar
#define RBN_LAST  (0U - 859U)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define IPN_FIRST (0U - 860U) // internet address
#define IPN_LAST  (0U - 879U) // internet address

#define SBN_FIRST (0U - 880U) // status bar
#define SBN_LAST  (0U - 899U)

#define PGN_FIRST (0U - 900U) // Pager Control
#define PGN_LAST  (0U - 950U)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#ifndef WMN_FIRST
#define WMN_FIRST (0U - 1000U)
#define WMN_LAST  (0U - 1200U)
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define BCN_FIRST (0U - 1250U)
#define BCN_LAST  (0U - 1350U)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TRBN_FIRST (0U - 1501U) // trackbar
#define TRBN_LAST  (0U - 1519U)
#endif

#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_BEGINDRAG   0x4200
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_SIZEHEADER  0x4201
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_DRAGSELECT  0x4202
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_TOOLBARCUST 0x4203

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
//==================== CUSTOM DRAW ==========================================

// custom draw return flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDRF_DODEFAULT     0x00000000
#define CDRF_NEWFONT       0x00000002
#define CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT   0x00000004
#define CDRF_DOERASE       0x00000008 // draw the background
#define CDRF_SKIPPOSTPAINT 0x00000100 // don't draw the focus rect

#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT 0x00000010
#define CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW  0x00000020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CDRF_NOTIFYSUBITEMDRAW 0x00000020 // flags are the same, we can distinguish by context
#endif
#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTERASE 0x00000040

// drawstage flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDDS_PREPAINT  0x00000001
#define CDDS_POSTPAINT 0x00000002
#define CDDS_PREERASE  0x00000003
#define CDDS_POSTERASE 0x00000004
// the 0x000010000 bit means it's individual item specific
#define CDDS_ITEM          0x00010000
#define CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT  (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTPAINT (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPREERASE  (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREERASE)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTERASE (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTERASE)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CDDS_SUBITEM 0x00020000
#endif

// itemState flags
#define CDIS_SELECTED      0x0001
#define CDIS_GRAYED        0x0002
#define CDIS_DISABLED      0x0004
#define CDIS_CHECKED       0x0008
#define CDIS_FOCUS         0x0010
#define CDIS_DEFAULT       0x0020
#define CDIS_HOT           0x0040
#define CDIS_MARKED        0x0080
#define CDIS_INDETERMINATE 0x0100
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CDIS_SHOWKEYBOARDCUES 0x0200
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define CDIS_NEARHOT      0x0400
#define CDIS_OTHERSIDEHOT 0x0800
#define CDIS_DROPHILITED  0x1000
#endif

    typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMDRAWINFO
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwDrawStage;
        HDC hdc;
        RECT rc;
        DWORD_PTR dwItemSpec; // this is control specific, but it's how to specify an item.  valid only with CDDS_ITEM bit set
        UINT uItemState;
        LPARAM lItemlParam;
    } NMCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMCUSTOMDRAW;

    typedef struct tagNMTTCUSTOMDRAW
    {
        NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
        UINT uDrawFlags;
    } NMTTCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMTTCUSTOMDRAW;

    typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        RECT rcClient;
        RECT rcButton;
        RECT rcSplit;
    } NMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO, *LPNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO;

#define NM_GETCUSTOMSPLITRECT (BCN_FIRST + 0x0003)

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

    //====== IMAGE APIS ===========================================================

#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS

#define CLR_NONE    0xFFFFFFFFL
#define CLR_DEFAULT 0xFF000000L

#ifndef HIMAGELIST
    struct _IMAGELIST;
    typedef struct _IMAGELIST *HIMAGELIST;
#endif

#ifndef IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    typedef struct _IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
    {
        DWORD cbSize;
        HIMAGELIST himl;
        int i;
        HDC hdcDst;
        int x;
        int y;
        int cx;
        int cy;
        int xBitmap; // x offest from the upperleft of bitmap
        int yBitmap; // y offset from the upperleft of bitmap
        COLORREF rgbBk;
        COLORREF rgbFg;
        UINT fStyle;
        DWORD dwRop;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
        DWORD fState;
        DWORD Frame;
        COLORREF crEffect;
#endif
    } IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS, *LPIMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS;

#define IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS, dwRop)

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300
#endif

#define ILC_MASK     0x00000001
#define ILC_COLOR    0x00000000
#define ILC_COLORDDB 0x000000FE
#define ILC_COLOR4   0x00000004
#define ILC_COLOR8   0x00000008
#define ILC_COLOR16  0x00000010
#define ILC_COLOR24  0x00000018
#define ILC_COLOR32  0x00000020
#define ILC_PALETTE  0x00000800 // (not implemented)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ILC_MIRROR        0x00002000 // Mirror the icons contained, if the process is mirrored
#define ILC_PERITEMMIRROR 0x00008000 // Causes the mirroring code to mirror each item when inserting a set of images, verses the whole strip
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILC_ORIGINALSIZE     0x00010000 // Imagelist should accept smaller than set images and apply OriginalSize based on image added
#define ILC_HIGHQUALITYSCALE 0x00020000 // Imagelist should enable use of the high quality scaler.
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_Create(int cx, int cy, UINT flags, int cInitial, int cGrow);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Destroy(HIMAGELIST himl);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI ImageList_GetImageCount(HIMAGELIST himl);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_SetImageCount(HIMAGELIST himl, UINT uNewCount);
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI ImageList_Add(HIMAGELIST himl, HBITMAP hbmImage, HBITMAP hbmMask);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI ImageList_ReplaceIcon(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HICON hicon);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI COLORREF WINAPI ImageList_SetBkColor(HIMAGELIST himl, COLORREF clrBk);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI COLORREF WINAPI ImageList_GetBkColor(HIMAGELIST himl);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_SetOverlayImage(HIMAGELIST himl, int iImage, int iOverlay);

#define ImageList_AddIcon(himl, hicon) ImageList_ReplaceIcon(himl, -1, hicon)

#define ILD_NORMAL      0x00000000
#define ILD_TRANSPARENT 0x00000001
#define ILD_MASK        0x00000010
#define ILD_IMAGE       0x00000020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ILD_ROP 0x00000040
#endif
#define ILD_BLEND25           0x00000002
#define ILD_BLEND50           0x00000004
#define ILD_OVERLAYMASK       0x00000F00
#define INDEXTOOVERLAYMASK(i) ((i) << 8)
#define ILD_PRESERVEALPHA     0x00001000 // This preserves the alpha channel in dest
#define ILD_SCALE             0x00002000 // Causes the image to be scaled to cx, cy instead of clipped
#define ILD_DPISCALE          0x00004000
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILD_ASYNC 0x00008000
#endif

#define ILD_SELECTED ILD_BLEND50
#define ILD_FOCUS    ILD_BLEND25
#define ILD_BLEND    ILD_BLEND50
#define CLR_HILIGHT  CLR_DEFAULT

#define ILS_NORMAL   0x00000000
#define ILS_GLOW     0x00000001
#define ILS_SHADOW   0x00000002
#define ILS_SATURATE 0x00000004
#define ILS_ALPHA    0x00000008

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILGT_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define ILGT_ASYNC  0x00000001
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Draw(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HDC hdcDst, int x, int y, UINT fStyle);

#ifdef _WIN32

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HBITMAP_CALLBACK ((HBITMAP)-1) // only for SparseImageList
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Replace(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HBITMAP hbmImage, HBITMAP hbmMask);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI ImageList_AddMasked(HIMAGELIST himl, HBITMAP hbmImage, COLORREF crMask);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DrawEx(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HDC hdcDst, int x, int y, int dx, int dy, COLORREF rgbBk, COLORREF rgbFg, UINT fStyle);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DrawIndirect(IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS *pimldp);
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Remove(HIMAGELIST himl, int i);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HICON WINAPI ImageList_GetIcon(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, UINT flags);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_LoadImageA(HINSTANCE hi, LPCSTR lpbmp, int cx, int cGrow, COLORREF crMask, UINT uType, UINT uFlags);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_LoadImageW(HINSTANCE hi, LPCWSTR lpbmp, int cx, int cGrow, COLORREF crMask, UINT uType, UINT uFlags);

#ifdef UNICODE
#define ImageList_LoadImage ImageList_LoadImageW
#else
#define ImageList_LoadImage ImageList_LoadImageA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ILCF_MOVE (0x00000000)
#define ILCF_SWAP (0x00000001)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Copy(HIMAGELIST himlDst, int iDst, HIMAGELIST himlSrc, int iSrc, UINT uFlags);
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_BeginDrag(HIMAGELIST himlTrack, int iTrack, int dxHotspot, int dyHotspot);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI ImageList_EndDrag(void);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DragEnter(HWND hwndLock, int x, int y);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DragLeave(HWND hwndLock);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DragMove(int x, int y);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_SetDragCursorImage(HIMAGELIST himlDrag, int iDrag, int dxHotspot, int dyHotspot);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_DragShowNolock(BOOL fShow);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_GetDragImage(POINT *ppt, POINT *pptHotspot);

#define ImageList_RemoveAll(himl)                          ImageList_Remove(himl, -1)
#define ImageList_ExtractIcon(hi, himl, i)                 ImageList_GetIcon(himl, i, 0)
#define ImageList_LoadBitmap(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask) ImageList_LoadImage(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0)

#ifdef __IStream_INTERFACE_DEFINED__

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_Read(LPSTREAM pstm);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Write(HIMAGELIST himl, LPSTREAM pstm);

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ILP_NORMAL    0 // Writes or reads the stream using new sematics for this version of comctl32
#define ILP_DOWNLEVEL 1 // Write or reads the stream using downlevel sematics.

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI ImageList_ReadEx(DWORD dwFlags, LPSTREAM pstm, REFIID riid, PVOID *ppv);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI ImageList_WriteEx(HIMAGELIST himl, DWORD dwFlags, LPSTREAM pstm);
#endif

#endif

#ifndef IMAGEINFO
    typedef struct _IMAGEINFO
    {
        HBITMAP hbmImage;
        HBITMAP hbmMask;
        int Unused1;
        int Unused2;
        RECT rcImage;
    } IMAGEINFO, *LPIMAGEINFO;
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_GetIconSize(HIMAGELIST himl, int *cx, int *cy);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_SetIconSize(HIMAGELIST himl, int cx, int cy);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_GetImageInfo(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, IMAGEINFO *pImageInfo);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_Merge(HIMAGELIST himl1, int i1, HIMAGELIST himl2, int i2, int dx, int dy);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_Duplicate(HIMAGELIST himl);
#endif

#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI HIMAGELIST_QueryInterface(HIMAGELIST himl, REFIID riid, void **ppv);

#ifdef __cplusplus
    FORCEINLINE HIMAGELIST IImageListToHIMAGELIST(struct IImageList *himl)
    {
        return reinterpret_cast<HIMAGELIST>(himl);
    }
#else
#define IImageListToHIMAGELIST(himl) ((HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#endif

#endif

#endif

    //====== HEADER CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOHEADER

#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_HEADERA "SysHeader32"
#define WC_HEADERW L"SysHeader32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_HEADER WC_HEADERW
#else
#define WC_HEADER WC_HEADERA
#endif

#else
#define WC_HEADER "SysHeader"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define HDS_HORZ    0x0000
#define HDS_BUTTONS 0x0002
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDS_HOTTRACK 0x0004
#endif
#define HDS_HIDDEN 0x0008

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDS_DRAGDROP 0x0040
#define HDS_FULLDRAG 0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDS_FILTERBAR 0x0100
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define HDS_FLAT 0x0200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDS_CHECKBOXES 0x0400
#define HDS_NOSIZING   0x0800
#define HDS_OVERFLOW   0x1000
#endif
    // end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define HDFT_ISSTRING 0x0000 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a HD_TEXTFILTER
#define HDFT_ISNUMBER 0x0001 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a INT
#define HDFT_ISDATE   0x0002 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a DWORD (dos date)

#define HDFT_HASNOVALUE 0x8000 // clear the filter, by setting this bit

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HD_TEXTFILTER   HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define HDTEXTFILTER    HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER  LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#else
#define HD_TEXTFILTER   HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define HDTEXTFILTER    HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER  LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
#endif

    typedef struct _HD_TEXTFILTERA
    {
        LPSTR pszText;  // [in] pointer to the buffer containing the filter (ANSI)
        INT cchTextMax; // [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
    } HD_TEXTFILTERA, *LPHD_TEXTFILTERA;

    typedef struct _HD_TEXTFILTERW
    {
        LPWSTR pszText; // [in] pointer to the buffer contiaining the filter (UNICODE)
        INT cchTextMax; // [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
    } HD_TEXTFILTERW, *LPHD_TEXTFILTERW;

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_ITEMA HDITEMA
#define HD_ITEMW HDITEMW
#else
#define HDITEMW HD_ITEMW
#define HDITEMA HD_ITEMA
#endif
#define HD_ITEM HDITEM

    typedef struct _HD_ITEMA
    {
        UINT mask;
        int cxy;
        LPSTR pszText;
        HBITMAP hbm;
        int cchTextMax;
        int fmt;
        LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iImage; // index of bitmap in ImageList
        int iOrder; // where to draw this item
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
        UINT type;      // [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
        void *pvFilter; // [in] filter data see above
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        UINT state;
#endif
    } HDITEMA, *LPHDITEMA;

#define HDITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMA, lParam)
#define HDITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMW, lParam)

    typedef struct _HD_ITEMW
    {
        UINT mask;
        int cxy;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        HBITMAP hbm;
        int cchTextMax;
        int fmt;
        LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iImage; // index of bitmap in ImageList
        int iOrder;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
        UINT type;      // [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
        void *pvFilter; // [in] fillter data see above
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        UINT state;
#endif
    } HDITEMW, *LPHDITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDITEM         HDITEMW
#define LPHDITEM       LPHDITEMW
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define HDITEM         HDITEMA
#define LPHDITEM       LPHDITEMA
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define HDI_WIDTH  0x0001
#define HDI_HEIGHT HDI_WIDTH
#define HDI_TEXT   0x0002
#define HDI_FORMAT 0x0004
#define HDI_LPARAM 0x0008
#define HDI_BITMAP 0x0010
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDI_IMAGE      0x0020
#define HDI_DI_SETITEM 0x0040
#define HDI_ORDER      0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDI_FILTER 0x0100
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDI_STATE 0x0200
#endif

    // HDF_ flags are shared with the listview control (LVCFMT_ flags)

#define HDF_LEFT        0x0000 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT
#define HDF_RIGHT       0x0001 // Same as LVCFMT_RIGHT
#define HDF_CENTER      0x0002 // Same as LVCFMT_CENTER
#define HDF_JUSTIFYMASK 0x0003 // Same as LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK
#define HDF_RTLREADING  0x0004 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT

#define HDF_BITMAP    0x2000
#define HDF_STRING    0x4000
#define HDF_OWNERDRAW 0x8000 // Same as LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDF_IMAGE           0x0800 // Same as LVCFMT_IMAGE
#define HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT 0x1000 // Same as LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define HDF_SORTUP   0x0400
#define HDF_SORTDOWN 0x0200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDF_CHECKBOX    0x0040
#define HDF_CHECKED     0x0080
#define HDF_FIXEDWIDTH  0x0100    // Can't resize the column; same as LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH
#define HDF_SPLITBUTTON 0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDIS_FOCUSED 0x00000001
#endif

#define HDM_GETITEMCOUNT            (HDM_FIRST + 0)
#define Header_GetItemCount(hwndHD) (int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define HDM_INSERTITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 1)
#define HDM_INSERTITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 10)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_INSERTITEM HDM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define HDM_INSERTITEM HDM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define Header_InsertItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) (int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))

#define HDM_DELETEITEM               (HDM_FIRST + 2)
#define Header_DeleteItem(hwndHD, i) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)

#define HDM_GETITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 3)
#define HDM_GETITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 11)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_GETITEM HDM_GETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_GETITEM HDM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define Header_GetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(HD_ITEM *)(phdi))

#define HDM_SETITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 4)
#define HDM_SETITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 12)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_SETITEM HDM_SETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_SETITEM HDM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define Header_SetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_LAYOUT HDLAYOUT
#else
#define HDLAYOUT HD_LAYOUT
#endif

    typedef struct _HD_LAYOUT
    {
        RECT *prc;
        WINDOWPOS *pwpos;
    } HDLAYOUT, *LPHDLAYOUT;

#define HDM_LAYOUT                     (HDM_FIRST + 5)
#define Header_Layout(hwndHD, playout) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_LAYOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(HD_LAYOUT *)(playout))

#define HHT_NOWHERE   0x0001
#define HHT_ONHEADER  0x0002
#define HHT_ONDIVIDER 0x0004
#define HHT_ONDIVOPEN 0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HHT_ONFILTER       0x0010
#define HHT_ONFILTERBUTTON 0x0020
#endif
#define HHT_ABOVE   0x0100
#define HHT_BELOW   0x0200
#define HHT_TORIGHT 0x0400
#define HHT_TOLEFT  0x0800
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x1000
#define HHT_ONDROPDOWN      0x2000
#define HHT_ONOVERFLOW      0x4000
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_HITTESTINFO HDHITTESTINFO
#else
#define HDHITTESTINFO HD_HITTESTINFO
#endif

    typedef struct _HD_HITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        UINT flags;
        int iItem;
    } HDHITTESTINFO, *LPHDHITTESTINFO;

#define HDSIL_NORMAL 0
#define HDSIL_STATE  1

#define HDM_HITTEST (HDM_FIRST + 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)

#define HDM_GETITEMRECT                       (HDM_FIRST + 7)
#define Header_GetItemRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_SETIMAGELIST                     (HDM_FIRST + 8)
#define Header_SetImageList(hwnd, himl)      (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, (LPARAM)(himl))
#define Header_SetStateImageList(hwnd, himl) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, (LPARAM)(himl))

#define HDM_GETIMAGELIST               (HDM_FIRST + 9)
#define Header_GetImageList(hwnd)      (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, 0)
#define Header_GetStateImageList(hwnd) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, 0)

#define HDM_ORDERTOINDEX             (HDM_FIRST + 15)
#define Header_OrderToIndex(hwnd, i) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_ORDERTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE             (HDM_FIRST + 16) // wparam = which item (by index)
#define Header_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define HDM_GETORDERARRAY                       (HDM_FIRST + 17)
#define Header_GetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))

#define HDM_SETORDERARRAY                       (HDM_FIRST + 18)
#define Header_SetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))
    // lparam = int array of size HDM_GETITEMCOUNT
    // the array specifies the order that all items should be displayed.
    // e.g.  { 2, 0, 1}
    // says the index 2 item should be shown in the 0ths position
    //      index 0 should be shown in the 1st position
    //      index 1 should be shown in the 2nd position

#define HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER                    (HDM_FIRST + 19)
#define Header_SetHotDivider(hwnd, fPos, dw) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER, (WPARAM)(fPos), (LPARAM)(dw))
// convenience message for external dragdrop
// wParam = BOOL  specifying whether the lParam is a dwPos of the cursor
//              position or the index of which divider to hotlight
// lParam = depends on wParam  (-1 and wParm = FALSE turns off hotlight)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN                  (HDM_FIRST + 20)
#define Header_SetBitmapMargin(hwnd, iWidth) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN, (WPARAM)(iWidth), 0)

#define HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN          (HDM_FIRST + 21)
#define Header_GetBitmapMargin(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN, 0, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT                    CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT          CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT             (HDM_FIRST + 22)
#define Header_SetFilterChangeTimeout(hwnd, i) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(i))

#define HDM_EDITFILTER                              (HDM_FIRST + 23)
#define Header_EditFilter(hwnd, i, fDiscardChanges) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_EDITFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), MAKELPARAM(fDiscardChanges, 0))

    // Clear filter takes -1 as a column value to indicate that all
    // the filter should be cleared.  When this happens you will
    // only receive a single filter changed notification.

#define HDM_CLEARFILTER              (HDM_FIRST + 24)
#define Header_ClearFilter(hwnd, i)  (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define Header_ClearAllFilters(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)-1, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR CCM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)

#define HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT                       (HDM_FIRST + 25) // rect of item's drop down button
#define Header_GetItemDropDownRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT                (HDM_FIRST + 26) // rect of overflow button
#define Header_GetOverflowRect(hwnd, lprc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM          (HDM_FIRST + 27)
#define Header_GetFocusedItem(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(0))

#define HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM                 (HDM_FIRST + 28)
#define Header_SetFocusedItem(hwnd, iItem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(iItem))

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA    (HDN_FIRST - 0)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW    (HDN_FIRST - 20)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA     (HDN_FIRST - 1)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW     (HDN_FIRST - 21)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKA       (HDN_FIRST - 2)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKW       (HDN_FIRST - 22)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA    (HDN_FIRST - 3)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW    (HDN_FIRST - 23)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA (HDN_FIRST - 5)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW (HDN_FIRST - 25)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKA      (HDN_FIRST - 6)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKW      (HDN_FIRST - 26)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKA        (HDN_FIRST - 7)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKW        (HDN_FIRST - 27)
#define HDN_TRACKA           (HDN_FIRST - 8)
#define HDN_TRACKW           (HDN_FIRST - 28)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOA (HDN_FIRST - 9)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOW (HDN_FIRST - 29)
#define HDN_BEGINDRAG    (HDN_FIRST - 10)
#define HDN_ENDDRAG      (HDN_FIRST - 11)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDN_FILTERCHANGE   (HDN_FIRST - 12)
#define HDN_FILTERBTNCLICK (HDN_FIRST - 13)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDN_BEGINFILTEREDIT (HDN_FIRST - 14)
#define HDN_ENDFILTEREDIT   (HDN_FIRST - 15)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDN_ITEMSTATEICONCLICK (HDN_FIRST - 16)
#define HDN_ITEMKEYDOWN        (HDN_FIRST - 17)
#define HDN_DROPDOWN           (HDN_FIRST - 18)
#define HDN_OVERFLOWCLICK      (HDN_FIRST - 19)
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING    HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED     HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK       HDN_ITEMCLICKW
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK    HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK      HDN_BEGINTRACKW
#define HDN_ENDTRACK        HDN_ENDTRACKW
#define HDN_TRACK           HDN_TRACKW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO HDN_GETDISPINFOW
#endif
#else
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING    HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED     HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK       HDN_ITEMCLICKA
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK    HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK      HDN_BEGINTRACKA
#define HDN_ENDTRACK        HDN_ENDTRACKA
#define HDN_TRACK           HDN_TRACKA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO HDN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_NOTIFYA NMHEADERA
#define HD_NOTIFYW NMHEADERW
#else
#define tagNMHEADERA _HD_NOTIFY
#define NMHEADERA    HD_NOTIFYA
#define tagHMHEADERW _HD_NOTIFYW
#define NMHEADERW    HD_NOTIFYW
#endif
#define HD_NOTIFY NMHEADER

    typedef struct tagNMHEADERA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        int iButton;
        HDITEMA *pitem;
    } NMHEADERA, *LPNMHEADERA;

    typedef struct tagNMHEADERW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        int iButton;
        HDITEMW *pitem;
    } NMHEADERW, *LPNMHEADERW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHEADER   NMHEADERW
#define LPNMHEADER LPNMHEADERW
#else
#define NMHEADER   NMHEADERA
#define LPNMHEADER LPNMHEADERA
#endif

    typedef struct tagNMHDDISPINFOW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        UINT mask;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMHDDISPINFOW, *LPNMHDDISPINFOW;

    typedef struct tagNMHDDISPINFOA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        UINT mask;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMHDDISPINFOA, *LPNMHDDISPINFOA;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHDDISPINFO   NMHDDISPINFOW
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO LPNMHDDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMHDDISPINFO   NMHDDISPINFOA
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO LPNMHDDISPINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
    typedef struct tagNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        INT iItem;
        RECT rc;
    } NMHDFILTERBTNCLICK, *LPNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK;
#endif

#endif // NOHEADER

    //====== TOOLBAR CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOTOOLBAR

#ifdef _WIN32
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW L"ToolbarWindow32"
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA "ToolbarWindow32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME "ToolbarWindow"
#endif

    typedef struct _TBBUTTON
    {
        int iBitmap;
        int idCommand;
        BYTE fsState;
        BYTE fsStyle;
#ifdef _WIN64
        BYTE bReserved[6]; // padding for alignment
#elif defined(_WIN32)
        BYTE bReserved[2]; // padding for alignment
#endif
        DWORD_PTR dwData;
        INT_PTR iString;
    } TBBUTTON, NEAR *PTBBUTTON, *LPTBBUTTON;
    typedef const TBBUTTON *LPCTBBUTTON;

    typedef struct _COLORMAP
    {
        COLORREF from;
        COLORREF to;
    } COLORMAP, *LPCOLORMAP;

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateToolbarEx(HWND hwnd, DWORD ws, UINT wID, int nBitmaps, HINSTANCE hBMInst, UINT_PTR wBMID, LPCTBBUTTON lpButtons, int iNumButtons, int dxButton, int dyButton, int dxBitmap, int dyBitmap, UINT uStructSize);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HBITMAP WINAPI CreateMappedBitmap(HINSTANCE hInstance, INT_PTR idBitmap, UINT wFlags, __in_opt LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap, int iNumMaps);

#define CMB_MASKED            0x02
#define TBSTATE_CHECKED       0x01
#define TBSTATE_PRESSED       0x02
#define TBSTATE_ENABLED       0x04
#define TBSTATE_HIDDEN        0x08
#define TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE 0x10
#define TBSTATE_WRAP          0x20
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTATE_ELLIPSES 0x40
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTATE_MARKED 0x80
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define TBSTYLE_BUTTON     0x0000                          // obsolete; use BTNS_BUTTON instead
#define TBSTYLE_SEP        0x0001                          // obsolete; use BTNS_SEP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECK      0x0002                          // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECK instead
#define TBSTYLE_GROUP      0x0004                          // obsolete; use BTNS_GROUP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK) // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECKGROUP instead
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN 0x0008 // obsolete; use BTNS_DROPDOWN instead
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE 0x0010 // obsolete; use BTNS_AUTOSIZE instead
#define TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX 0x0020 // obsolete; use BTNS_NOPREFIX instead
#endif

#define TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
#define TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE 0x0200
#define TBSTYLE_ALTDRAG  0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTYLE_FLAT        0x0800
#define TBSTYLE_LIST        0x1000
#define TBSTYLE_CUSTOMERASE 0x2000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTYLE_REGISTERDROP 0x4000
#define TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT  0x8000

    // end_r_commctrl

#define TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS 0x00000001

// begin_r_commctrl
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define BTNS_BUTTON     TBSTYLE_BUTTON     // 0x0000
#define BTNS_SEP        TBSTYLE_SEP        // 0x0001
#define BTNS_CHECK      TBSTYLE_CHECK      // 0x0002
#define BTNS_GROUP      TBSTYLE_GROUP      // 0x0004
#define BTNS_CHECKGROUP TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP // (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK)
#define BTNS_DROPDOWN   TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN   // 0x0008
#define BTNS_AUTOSIZE   TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE   // 0x0010; automatically calculate the cx of the button
#define BTNS_NOPREFIX   TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX   // 0x0020; this button should not have accel prefix
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define BTNS_SHOWTEXT 0x0040      // ignored unless TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS is set
#endif                            // 0x0501
#define BTNS_WHOLEDROPDOWN 0x0080 // draw drop-down arrow, but without split arrow section
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS       0x00000008
#define TBSTYLE_EX_HIDECLIPPEDBUTTONS 0x00000010 // don't show partially obscured buttons
#endif                                           // 0x0501

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TBSTYLE_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x00000080 // Double Buffer the toolbar
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    // Custom Draw Structure
    typedef struct _NMTBCUSTOMDRAW
    {
        NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
        HBRUSH hbrMonoDither;
        HBRUSH hbrLines; // For drawing lines on buttons
        HPEN hpenLines;  // For drawing lines on buttons

        COLORREF clrText;              // Color of text
        COLORREF clrMark;              // Color of text bk when marked. (only if TBSTATE_MARKED)
        COLORREF clrTextHighlight;     // Color of text when highlighted
        COLORREF clrBtnFace;           // Background of the button
        COLORREF clrBtnHighlight;      // 3D highlight
        COLORREF clrHighlightHotTrack; // In conjunction with fHighlightHotTrack
                                       // will cause button to highlight like a menu
        RECT rcText;                   // Rect for text

        int nStringBkMode;
        int nHLStringBkMode;
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        int iListGap;
#endif
    } NMTBCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW;

// Toolbar custom draw return flags
#define TBCDRF_NOEDGES        0x00010000 // Don't draw button edges
#define TBCDRF_HILITEHOTTRACK 0x00020000 // Use color of the button bk when hottracked
#define TBCDRF_NOOFFSET       0x00040000 // Don't offset button if pressed
#define TBCDRF_NOMARK         0x00080000 // Don't draw default highlight of image/text for TBSTATE_MARKED
#define TBCDRF_NOETCHEDEFFECT 0x00100000 // Don't draw etched effect for disabled items
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBCDRF_BLENDICON    0x00200000 // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#define TBCDRF_NOBACKGROUND 0x00400000 // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define TBCDRF_USECDCOLORS 0x00800000 // Use CustomDrawColors to RenderText regardless of VisualStyle
#endif

#define TB_ENABLEBUTTON  (WM_USER + 1)
#define TB_CHECKBUTTON   (WM_USER + 2)
#define TB_PRESSBUTTON   (WM_USER + 3)
#define TB_HIDEBUTTON    (WM_USER + 4)
#define TB_INDETERMINATE (WM_USER + 5)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_MARKBUTTON (WM_USER + 6)
#endif
#define TB_ISBUTTONENABLED       (WM_USER + 9)
#define TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED       (WM_USER + 10)
#define TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED       (WM_USER + 11)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN        (WM_USER + 12)
#define TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE (WM_USER + 13)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIGHLIGHTED (WM_USER + 14)
#endif
#define TB_SETSTATE  (WM_USER + 17)
#define TB_GETSTATE  (WM_USER + 18)
#define TB_ADDBITMAP (WM_USER + 19)

#ifdef _WIN32
    typedef struct tagTBADDBITMAP
    {
        HINSTANCE hInst;
        UINT_PTR nID;
    } TBADDBITMAP, *LPTBADDBITMAP;

#define HINST_COMMCTRL       ((HINSTANCE)-1)
#define IDB_STD_SMALL_COLOR  0
#define IDB_STD_LARGE_COLOR  1
#define IDB_VIEW_SMALL_COLOR 4
#define IDB_VIEW_LARGE_COLOR 5
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define IDB_HIST_SMALL_COLOR 8
#define IDB_HIST_LARGE_COLOR 9
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)
#define IDB_HIST_NORMAL   12
#define IDB_HIST_HOT      13
#define IDB_HIST_DISABLED 14
#define IDB_HIST_PRESSED  15
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

    // icon indexes for standard bitmap

#define STD_CUT        0
#define STD_COPY       1
#define STD_PASTE      2
#define STD_UNDO       3
#define STD_REDOW      4
#define STD_DELETE     5
#define STD_FILENEW    6
#define STD_FILEOPEN   7
#define STD_FILESAVE   8
#define STD_PRINTPRE   9
#define STD_PROPERTIES 10
#define STD_HELP       11
#define STD_FIND       12
#define STD_REPLACE    13
#define STD_PRINT      14

    // icon indexes for standard view bitmap

#define VIEW_LARGEICONS    0
#define VIEW_SMALLICONS    1
#define VIEW_LIST          2
#define VIEW_DETAILS       3
#define VIEW_SORTNAME      4
#define VIEW_SORTSIZE      5
#define VIEW_SORTDATE      6
#define VIEW_SORTTYPE      7
#define VIEW_PARENTFOLDER  8
#define VIEW_NETCONNECT    9
#define VIEW_NETDISCONNECT 10
#define VIEW_NEWFOLDER     11
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define VIEW_VIEWMENU 12
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HIST_BACK           0
#define HIST_FORWARD        1
#define HIST_FAVORITES      2
#define HIST_ADDTOFAVORITES 3
#define HIST_VIEWTREE       4
#endif

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSA   (WM_USER + 20)
#define TB_INSERTBUTTONA (WM_USER + 21)
#else
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS   (WM_USER + 20)
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON (WM_USER + 21)
#endif

#define TB_DELETEBUTTON   (WM_USER + 22)
#define TB_GETBUTTON      (WM_USER + 23)
#define TB_BUTTONCOUNT    (WM_USER + 24)
#define TB_COMMANDTOINDEX (WM_USER + 25)

#ifdef _WIN32

    typedef struct tagTBSAVEPARAMSA
    {
        HKEY hkr;
        LPCSTR pszSubKey;
        LPCSTR pszValueName;
    } TBSAVEPARAMSA, *LPTBSAVEPARAMSA;

    typedef struct tagTBSAVEPARAMSW
    {
        HKEY hkr;
        LPCWSTR pszSubKey;
        LPCWSTR pszValueName;
    } TBSAVEPARAMSW, *LPTBSAVEPARAMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBSAVEPARAMS   TBSAVEPARAMSW
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS LPTBSAVEPARAMSW
#else
#define TBSAVEPARAMS   TBSAVEPARAMSA
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS LPTBSAVEPARAMSA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32

#define TB_SAVERESTOREA     (WM_USER + 26)
#define TB_SAVERESTOREW     (WM_USER + 76)
#define TB_CUSTOMIZE        (WM_USER + 27)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGA       (WM_USER + 28)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGW       (WM_USER + 77)
#define TB_GETITEMRECT      (WM_USER + 29)
#define TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE (WM_USER + 30)
#define TB_SETBUTTONSIZE    (WM_USER + 31)
#define TB_SETBITMAPSIZE    (WM_USER + 32)
#define TB_AUTOSIZE         (WM_USER + 33)
#define TB_GETTOOLTIPS      (WM_USER + 35)
#define TB_SETTOOLTIPS      (WM_USER + 36)
#define TB_SETPARENT        (WM_USER + 37)
#define TB_SETROWS          (WM_USER + 39)
#define TB_GETROWS          (WM_USER + 40)
#define TB_SETCMDID         (WM_USER + 42)
#define TB_CHANGEBITMAP     (WM_USER + 43)
#define TB_GETBITMAP        (WM_USER + 44)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA   (WM_USER + 45)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW   (WM_USER + 75)
#define TB_REPLACEBITMAP    (WM_USER + 46)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TB_SETINDENT            (WM_USER + 47)
#define TB_SETIMAGELIST         (WM_USER + 48)
#define TB_GETIMAGELIST         (WM_USER + 49)
#define TB_LOADIMAGES           (WM_USER + 50)
#define TB_GETRECT              (WM_USER + 51) // wParam is the Cmd instead of index
#define TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST      (WM_USER + 52)
#define TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST      (WM_USER + 53)
#define TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 54)
#define TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 55)
#define TB_SETSTYLE             (WM_USER + 56)
#define TB_GETSTYLE             (WM_USER + 57)
#define TB_GETBUTTONSIZE        (WM_USER + 58)
#define TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH       (WM_USER + 59)
#define TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS       (WM_USER + 60)
#define TB_GETTEXTROWS          (WM_USER + 61)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW
#define TB_SAVERESTORE   TB_SAVERESTOREW
#define TB_ADDSTRING     TB_ADDSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA
#define TB_SAVERESTORE   TB_SAVERESTOREA
#define TB_ADDSTRING     TB_ADDSTRINGA
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_GETOBJECT          (WM_USER + 62) // wParam == IID, lParam void **ppv
#define TB_GETHOTITEM         (WM_USER + 71)
#define TB_SETHOTITEM         (WM_USER + 72) // wParam == iHotItem
#define TB_SETANCHORHIGHLIGHT (WM_USER + 73) // wParam == TRUE/FALSE
#define TB_GETANCHORHIGHLIGHT (WM_USER + 74)
#define TB_MAPACCELERATORA    (WM_USER + 78) // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn

    typedef struct
    {
        int iButton;
        DWORD dwFlags;
    } TBINSERTMARK, *LPTBINSERTMARK;
#define TBIMHT_AFTER      0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iButton, otherwise before
#define TBIMHT_BACKGROUND 0x00000002 // TRUE iff missed buttons completely

#define TB_GETINSERTMARK      (WM_USER + 79) // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_SETINSERTMARK      (WM_USER + 80) // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_INSERTMARKHITTEST  (WM_USER + 81) // wParam == LPPOINT lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_MOVEBUTTON         (WM_USER + 82)
#define TB_GETMAXSIZE         (WM_USER + 83) // lParam == LPSIZE
#define TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE   (WM_USER + 84) // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE   (WM_USER + 85) // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETPADDING         (WM_USER + 86)
#define TB_SETPADDING         (WM_USER + 87)
#define TB_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR (WM_USER + 88)
#define TB_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR (WM_USER + 89)

#define TB_SETCOLORSCHEME CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME // lParam is color scheme
#define TB_GETCOLORSCHEME CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam

#define TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT

#define TB_MAPACCELERATORW (WM_USER + 90) // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR TB_MAPACCELERATORW
#else
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR TB_MAPACCELERATORA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

    typedef struct
    {
        HINSTANCE hInstOld;
        UINT_PTR nIDOld;
        HINSTANCE hInstNew;
        UINT_PTR nIDNew;
        int nButtons;
    } TBREPLACEBITMAP, *LPTBREPLACEBITMAP;

#ifdef _WIN32

#define TBBF_LARGE 0x0001

#define TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS (WM_USER + 41)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBIF_IMAGE   0x00000001
#define TBIF_TEXT    0x00000002
#define TBIF_STATE   0x00000004
#define TBIF_STYLE   0x00000008
#define TBIF_LPARAM  0x00000010
#define TBIF_COMMAND 0x00000020
#define TBIF_SIZE    0x00000040

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBIF_BYINDEX 0x80000000 // this specifies that the wparam in Get/SetButtonInfo is an index, not id
#endif

    typedef struct
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwMask;
        int idCommand;
        int iImage;
        BYTE fsState;
        BYTE fsStyle;
        WORD cx;
        DWORD_PTR lParam;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchText;
    } TBBUTTONINFOA, *LPTBBUTTONINFOA;

    typedef struct
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwMask;
        int idCommand;
        int iImage;
        BYTE fsState;
        BYTE fsStyle;
        WORD cx;
        DWORD_PTR lParam;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchText;
    } TBBUTTONINFOW, *LPTBBUTTONINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBBUTTONINFO   TBBUTTONINFOW
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBBUTTONINFO   TBBUTTONINFOA
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOA
#endif

// BUTTONINFO APIs do NOT support the string pool.
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOW (WM_USER + 63)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOW (WM_USER + 64)
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOA (WM_USER + 65)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOA (WM_USER + 66)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO TB_GETBUTTONINFOW
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO TB_SETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO TB_GETBUTTONINFOA
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO TB_SETBUTTONINFOA
#endif

#define TB_INSERTBUTTONW (WM_USER + 67)
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSW   (WM_USER + 68)

#define TB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 69)

// New post Win95/NT4 for InsertButton and AddButton.  if iString member
// is a pointer to a string, it will be handled as a string like listview
// (although LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK is not supported).
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON TB_INSERTBUTTONW
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS   TB_ADDBUTTONSW
#else
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON TB_INSERTBUTTONA
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS   TB_ADDBUTTONSA
#endif

#define TB_SETDRAWTEXTFLAGS (WM_USER + 70) // wParam == mask lParam == bit values

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define TB_GETSTRINGW (WM_USER + 91)
#define TB_GETSTRINGA (WM_USER + 92)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETSTRING TB_GETSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETSTRING TB_GETSTRINGA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TBMF_PAD           0x00000001
#define TBMF_BARPAD        0x00000002
#define TBMF_BUTTONSPACING 0x00000004

    typedef struct
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwMask;

        int cxPad; // PAD
        int cyPad;
        int cxBarPad; // BARPAD
        int cyBarPad;
        int cxButtonSpacing; // BUTTONSPACING
        int cyButtonSpacing;
    } TBMETRICS, *LPTBMETRICS;

#define TB_GETMETRICS (WM_USER + 101)
#define TB_SETMETRICS (WM_USER + 102)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)
#define TB_SETPRESSEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 104)
#define TB_GETPRESSEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 105)
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TB_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA (TBN_FIRST - 0)
#define TBN_BEGINDRAG      (TBN_FIRST - 1)
#define TBN_ENDDRAG        (TBN_FIRST - 2)
#define TBN_BEGINADJUST    (TBN_FIRST - 3)
#define TBN_ENDADJUST      (TBN_FIRST - 4)
#define TBN_RESET          (TBN_FIRST - 5)
#define TBN_QUERYINSERT    (TBN_FIRST - 6)
#define TBN_QUERYDELETE    (TBN_FIRST - 7)
#define TBN_TOOLBARCHANGE  (TBN_FIRST - 8)
#define TBN_CUSTHELP       (TBN_FIRST - 9)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBN_DROPDOWN (TBN_FIRST - 10)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBN_GETOBJECT (TBN_FIRST - 12)

    // Structure for TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
    //
    typedef struct tagNMTBHOTITEM
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int idOld;
        int idNew;
        DWORD dwFlags; // HICF_*
    } NMTBHOTITEM, *LPNMTBHOTITEM;

// Hot item change flags
#define HICF_OTHER          0x00000000
#define HICF_MOUSE          0x00000001 // Triggered by mouse
#define HICF_ARROWKEYS      0x00000002 // Triggered by arrow keys
#define HICF_ACCELERATOR    0x00000004 // Triggered by accelerator
#define HICF_DUPACCEL       0x00000008 // This accelerator is not unique
#define HICF_ENTERING       0x00000010 // idOld is invalid
#define HICF_LEAVING        0x00000020 // idNew is invalid
#define HICF_RESELECT       0x00000040 // hot item reselected
#define HICF_LMOUSE         0x00000080 // left mouse button selected
#define HICF_TOGGLEDROPDOWN 0x00000100 // Toggle button's dropdown state

#define TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE  (TBN_FIRST - 13)
#define TBN_DRAGOUT        (TBN_FIRST - 14) // this is sent when the user clicks down on a button then drags off the button
#define TBN_DELETINGBUTTON (TBN_FIRST - 15) // uses TBNOTIFY
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOA   (TBN_FIRST - 16) // This is sent when the  toolbar needs  some display information
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOW   (TBN_FIRST - 17) // This is sent when the  toolbar needs  some display information
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPA    (TBN_FIRST - 18)
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPW    (TBN_FIRST - 19)
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW (TBN_FIRST - 20)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBN_RESTORE        (TBN_FIRST - 21)
#define TBN_SAVE           (TBN_FIRST - 22)
#define TBN_INITCUSTOMIZE  (TBN_FIRST - 23)
#define TBNRF_HIDEHELP     0x00000001
#define TBNRF_ENDCUSTOMIZE 0x00000002
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

    typedef struct tagNMTBSAVE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD *pData;
        DWORD *pCurrent;
        UINT cbData;
        int iItem;
        int cButtons;
        TBBUTTON tbButton;
    } NMTBSAVE, *LPNMTBSAVE;

    typedef struct tagNMTBRESTORE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD *pData;
        DWORD *pCurrent;
        UINT cbData;
        int iItem;
        int cButtons;
        int cbBytesPerRecord;
        TBBUTTON tbButton;
    } NMTBRESTORE, *LPNMTBRESTORE;
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

    typedef struct tagNMTBGETINFOTIPA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMTBGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA;

    typedef struct tagNMTBGETINFOTIPW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMTBGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP   TBN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP   NMTBGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP   TBN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP   NMTBGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA
#endif

#define TBNF_IMAGE      0x00000001
#define TBNF_TEXT       0x00000002
#define TBNF_DI_SETITEM 0x10000000

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwMask;     // [in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
        int idCommand;    // [in] id of button we're requesting info for
        DWORD_PTR lParam; // [in] lParam of button
        int iImage;       // [out] image index
        LPSTR pszText;    // [out] new text for item
        int cchText;      // [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
    } NMTBDISPINFOA, *LPNMTBDISPINFOA;

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwMask;     //[in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
        int idCommand;    // [in] id of button we're requesting info for
        DWORD_PTR lParam; // [in] lParam of button
        int iImage;       // [out] image index
        LPWSTR pszText;   // [out] new text for item
        int cchText;      // [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
    } NMTBDISPINFOW, *LPNMTBDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO TBN_GETDISPINFOW
#define NMTBDISPINFO    NMTBDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO  LPNMTBDISPINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO TBN_GETDISPINFOA
#define NMTBDISPINFO    NMTBDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO  LPNMTBDISPINFOA
#endif

// Return codes for TBN_DROPDOWN
#define TBDDRET_DEFAULT      0
#define TBDDRET_NODEFAULT    1
#define TBDDRET_TREATPRESSED 2 // Treat as a standard press button

#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBNOTIFYA   NMTOOLBARA
#define TBNOTIFYW   NMTOOLBARW
#define LPTBNOTIFYA LPNMTOOLBARA
#define LPTBNOTIFYW LPNMTOOLBARW
#else
#define tagNMTOOLBARA tagTBNOTIFYA
#define NMTOOLBARA    TBNOTIFYA
#define LPNMTOOLBARA  LPTBNOTIFYA
#define tagNMTOOLBARW tagTBNOTIFYW
#define NMTOOLBARW    TBNOTIFYW
#define LPNMTOOLBARW  LPTBNOTIFYW
#endif

#define TBNOTIFY   NMTOOLBAR
#define LPTBNOTIFY LPNMTOOLBAR

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    typedef struct tagNMTOOLBARA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        TBBUTTON tbButton;
        int cchText;
        LPSTR pszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
        RECT rcButton;
#endif
    } NMTOOLBARA, *LPNMTOOLBARA;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    typedef struct tagNMTOOLBARW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        TBBUTTON tbButton;
        int cchText;
        LPWSTR pszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
        RECT rcButton;
#endif
    } NMTOOLBARW, *LPNMTOOLBARW;
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTOOLBAR   NMTOOLBARW
#define LPNMTOOLBAR LPNMTOOLBARW
#else
#define NMTOOLBAR   NMTOOLBARA
#define LPNMTOOLBAR LPNMTOOLBARA
#endif

#endif

#endif // NOTOOLBAR

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    //====== REBAR CONTROL ========================================================

#ifndef NOREBAR

#ifdef _WIN32
#define REBARCLASSNAMEW L"ReBarWindow32"
#define REBARCLASSNAMEA "ReBarWindow32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define REBARCLASSNAME REBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME REBARCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME "ReBarWindow"
#endif

#define RBIM_IMAGELIST 0x00000001

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define RBS_TOOLTIPS    0x00000100
#define RBS_VARHEIGHT   0x00000200
#define RBS_BANDBORDERS 0x00000400
#define RBS_FIXEDORDER  0x00000800
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBS_REGISTERDROP    0x00001000
#define RBS_AUTOSIZE        0x00002000
#define RBS_VERTICALGRIPPER 0x00004000 // this always has the vertical gripper (default for horizontal mode)
#define RBS_DBLCLKTOGGLE    0x00008000
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

    // end_r_commctrl

    typedef struct tagREBARINFO
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT fMask;
#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS
        HIMAGELIST himl;
#else
        HANDLE himl;
#endif
    } REBARINFO, *LPREBARINFO;

#define RBBS_BREAK     0x00000001      // break to new line
#define RBBS_FIXEDSIZE 0x00000002      // band can't be sized
#define RBBS_CHILDEDGE 0x00000004      // edge around top & bottom of child window
#define RBBS_HIDDEN    0x00000008      // don't show
#define RBBS_NOVERT    0x00000010      // don't show when vertical
#define RBBS_FIXEDBMP  0x00000020      // bitmap doesn't move during band resize
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)              //
#define RBBS_VARIABLEHEIGHT 0x00000040 // allow autosizing of this child vertically
#define RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS  0x00000080 // always show the gripper
#define RBBS_NOGRIPPER      0x00000100 // never show the gripper
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)              //
#define RBBS_USECHEVRON 0x00000200     // display drop-down button for this band if it's sized smaller than ideal width
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)              //
#define RBBS_HIDETITLE 0x00000400      // keep band title hidden
#define RBBS_TOPALIGN  0x00000800      // keep band in top row
#endif                                 // 0x0501                        //
#endif                                 // 0x0500                        //
#endif                                 // 0x0400                        //
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#endif

#define RBBIM_STYLE      0x00000001
#define RBBIM_COLORS     0x00000002
#define RBBIM_TEXT       0x00000004
#define RBBIM_IMAGE      0x00000008
#define RBBIM_CHILD      0x00000010
#define RBBIM_CHILDSIZE  0x00000020
#define RBBIM_SIZE       0x00000040
#define RBBIM_BACKGROUND 0x00000080
#define RBBIM_ID         0x00000100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBBIM_IDEALSIZE  0x00000200
#define RBBIM_LPARAM     0x00000400
#define RBBIM_HEADERSIZE 0x00000800 // control the size of the header
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONLOCATION 0x00001000
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONSTATE    0x00002000
#endif

    typedef struct tagREBARBANDINFOA
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT fMask;
        UINT fStyle;
        COLORREF clrFore;
        COLORREF clrBack;
        LPSTR lpText;
        UINT cch;
        int iImage;
        HWND hwndChild;
        UINT cxMinChild;
        UINT cyMinChild;
        UINT cx;
        HBITMAP hbmBack;
        UINT wID;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        UINT cyChild;
        UINT cyMaxChild;
        UINT cyIntegral;
        UINT cxIdeal;
        LPARAM lParam;
        UINT cxHeader;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
        RECT rcChevronLocation; // the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
        UINT uChevronState;     // STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
    } REBARBANDINFOA, *LPREBARBANDINFOA;
    typedef REBARBANDINFOA CONST *LPCREBARBANDINFOA;

#define REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, wID)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, wID)

#define REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, cxHeader)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, cxHeader)

    typedef struct tagREBARBANDINFOW
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT fMask;
        UINT fStyle;
        COLORREF clrFore;
        COLORREF clrBack;
        LPWSTR lpText;
        UINT cch;
        int iImage;
        HWND hwndChild;
        UINT cxMinChild;
        UINT cyMinChild;
        UINT cx;
        HBITMAP hbmBack;
        UINT wID;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        UINT cyChild;
        UINT cyMaxChild;
        UINT cyIntegral;
        UINT cxIdeal;
        LPARAM lParam;
        UINT cxHeader;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
        RECT rcChevronLocation; // the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
        UINT uChevronState;     // STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
    } REBARBANDINFOW, *LPREBARBANDINFOW;
    typedef REBARBANDINFOW CONST *LPCREBARBANDINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define REBARBANDINFO         REBARBANDINFOW
#define LPREBARBANDINFO       LPREBARBANDINFOW
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO      LPCREBARBANDINFOW
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE
#else
#define REBARBANDINFO         REBARBANDINFOA
#define LPREBARBANDINFO       LPREBARBANDINFOA
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO      LPCREBARBANDINFOA
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE
#endif

#define RB_INSERTBANDA (WM_USER + 1)
#define RB_DELETEBAND  (WM_USER + 2)
#define RB_GETBARINFO  (WM_USER + 3)
#define RB_SETBARINFO  (WM_USER + 4)
#if (_WIN32_IE < 0x0400)
#define RB_GETBANDINFO (WM_USER + 5)
#endif
#define RB_SETBANDINFOA (WM_USER + 6)
#define RB_SETPARENT    (WM_USER + 7)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 8)
#define RB_GETRECT (WM_USER + 9)
#endif
#define RB_INSERTBANDW  (WM_USER + 10)
#define RB_SETBANDINFOW (WM_USER + 11)
#define RB_GETBANDCOUNT (WM_USER + 12)
#define RB_GETROWCOUNT  (WM_USER + 13)
#define RB_GETROWHEIGHT (WM_USER + 14)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RB_IDTOINDEX    (WM_USER + 16) // wParam == id
#define RB_GETTOOLTIPS  (WM_USER + 17)
#define RB_SETTOOLTIPS  (WM_USER + 18)
#define RB_SETBKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 19) // sets the default BK color
#define RB_GETBKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 20) // defaults to CLR_NONE
#define RB_SETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 21)
#define RB_GETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 22) // defaults to 0x00000000

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBSTR_CHANGERECT 0x0001 // flags for RB_SIZETORECT
#endif

#define RB_SIZETORECT (WM_USER + 23) // resize the rebar/break bands and such to this rect (lparam)
#endif                               // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#define RB_SETCOLORSCHEME CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME // lParam is color scheme
#define RB_GETCOLORSCHEME CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam

#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_INSERTBAND  RB_INSERTBANDW
#define RB_SETBANDINFO RB_SETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_INSERTBAND  RB_INSERTBANDA
#define RB_SETBANDINFO RB_SETBANDINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// for manual drag control
// lparam == cursor pos
// -1 means do it yourself.
// -2 means use what you had saved before
#define RB_BEGINDRAG    (WM_USER + 24)
#define RB_ENDDRAG      (WM_USER + 25)
#define RB_DRAGMOVE     (WM_USER + 26)
#define RB_GETBARHEIGHT (WM_USER + 27)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOW (WM_USER + 28)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOA (WM_USER + 29)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_GETBANDINFO RB_GETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_GETBANDINFO RB_GETBANDINFOA
#endif

#define RB_MINIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 30)
#define RB_MAXIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 31)

#define RB_GETDROPTARGET (CCM_GETDROPTARGET)

#define RB_GETBANDBORDERS (WM_USER + 34) // returns in lparam = lprc the amount of edges added to band wparam

#define RB_SHOWBAND   (WM_USER + 35) // show/hide band
#define RB_SETPALETTE (WM_USER + 37)
#define RB_GETPALETTE (WM_USER + 38)
#define RB_MOVEBAND   (WM_USER + 39)

#define RB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define RB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RB_GETBANDMARGINS (WM_USER + 40)
#define RB_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 41)
#define RB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 42)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RB_PUSHCHEVRON (WM_USER + 43)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define RB_SETBANDWIDTH (WM_USER + 44) // set width for docked band
#endif                                 // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#define RBN_HEIGHTCHANGE (RBN_FIRST - 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBN_GETOBJECT     (RBN_FIRST - 1)
#define RBN_LAYOUTCHANGED (RBN_FIRST - 2)
#define RBN_AUTOSIZE      (RBN_FIRST - 3)
#define RBN_BEGINDRAG     (RBN_FIRST - 4)
#define RBN_ENDDRAG       (RBN_FIRST - 5)
#define RBN_DELETINGBAND  (RBN_FIRST - 6) // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_DELETEDBAND   (RBN_FIRST - 7) // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_CHILDSIZE     (RBN_FIRST - 8)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBN_CHEVRONPUSHED (RBN_FIRST - 10)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBN_SPLITTERDRAG (RBN_FIRST - 11)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBN_MINMAX (RBN_FIRST - 21)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBN_AUTOBREAK (RBN_FIRST - 22)
#endif

    typedef struct tagNMREBARCHILDSIZE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT uBand;
        UINT wID;
        RECT rcChild;
        RECT rcBand;
    } NMREBARCHILDSIZE, *LPNMREBARCHILDSIZE;

    typedef struct tagNMREBAR
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwMask; // RBNM_*
        UINT uBand;
        UINT fStyle;
        UINT wID;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMREBAR, *LPNMREBAR;

// Mask flags for NMREBAR
#define RBNM_ID     0x00000001
#define RBNM_STYLE  0x00000002
#define RBNM_LPARAM 0x00000004

    typedef struct tagNMRBAUTOSIZE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        BOOL fChanged;
        RECT rcTarget;
        RECT rcActual;
    } NMRBAUTOSIZE, *LPNMRBAUTOSIZE;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
    typedef struct tagNMREBARCHEVRON
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT uBand;
        UINT wID;
        LPARAM lParam;
        RECT rc;
        LPARAM lParamNM;
    } NMREBARCHEVRON, *LPNMREBARCHEVRON;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
    typedef struct tagNMREBARSPLITTER
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        RECT rcSizing;
    } NMREBARSPLITTER, *LPNMREBARSPLITTER;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBAB_AUTOSIZE 0x0001 // These are not flags and are all mutually exclusive
#define RBAB_ADDBAND  0x0002

    typedef struct tagNMREBARAUTOBREAK
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT uBand;
        UINT wID;
        LPARAM lParam;
        UINT uMsg;
        UINT fStyleCurrent;
        BOOL fAutoBreak;
    } NMREBARAUTOBREAK, *LPNMREBARAUTOBREAK;
#endif

#define RBHT_NOWHERE 0x0001
#define RBHT_CAPTION 0x0002
#define RBHT_CLIENT  0x0003
#define RBHT_GRABBER 0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBHT_CHEVRON 0x0008
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBHT_SPLITTER 0x0010
#endif

    typedef struct _RB_HITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        UINT flags;
        int iBand;
    } RBHITTESTINFO, *LPRBHITTESTINFO;

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#endif // NOREBAR

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

    //====== TOOLTIPS CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTOOLTIPS

#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSW L"tooltips_class32"
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSA "tooltips_class32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS TOOLTIPS_CLASSW
#else
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS TOOLTIPS_CLASSA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTOOLINFOA LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTOOLINFOW LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TOOLINFOA   TTTOOLINFOA
#define TOOLINFOW   TTTOOLINFOW
#else
#define TTTOOLINFOA   TOOLINFOA
#define LPTTTOOLINFOA LPTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFOW   TOOLINFOW
#define LPTTTOOLINFOW LPTOOLINFOW
#endif

#define LPTOOLINFO LPTTTOOLINFO
#define TOOLINFO   TTTOOLINFO

#define TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpReserved)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpReserved)

    typedef struct tagTOOLINFOA
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT uFlags;
        HWND hwnd;
        UINT_PTR uId;
        RECT rect;
        HINSTANCE hinst;
        LPSTR lpszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        LPARAM lParam;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        void *lpReserved;
#endif
    } TTTOOLINFOA, NEAR *PTOOLINFOA, *LPTTTOOLINFOA;

    typedef struct tagTOOLINFOW
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT uFlags;
        HWND hwnd;
        UINT_PTR uId;
        RECT rect;
        HINSTANCE hinst;
        LPWSTR lpszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        LPARAM lParam;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        void *lpReserved;
#endif
    } TTTOOLINFOW, NEAR *PTOOLINFOW, *LPTTTOOLINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTTOOLINFO         TTTOOLINFOW
#define PTOOLINFO          PTOOLINFOW
#define LPTTTOOLINFO       LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define PTOOLINFO          PTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO         TTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTTTOOLINFO       LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define TTS_ALWAYSTIP 0x01
#define TTS_NOPREFIX  0x02
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTS_NOANIMATE 0x10
#define TTS_NOFADE    0x20
#define TTS_BALLOON   0x40
#define TTS_CLOSE     0x80
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define TTS_USEVISUALSTYLE 0x100 // Use themed hyperlinks

#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define TTF_IDISHWND 0x0001

    // Use this to center around trackpoint in trackmode
    // -OR- to center around tool in normal mode.
    // Use TTF_ABSOLUTE to place the tip exactly at the track coords when
    // in tracking mode.  TTF_ABSOLUTE can be used in conjunction with TTF_CENTERTIP
    // to center the tip absolutely about the track point.

#define TTF_CENTERTIP  0x0002
#define TTF_RTLREADING 0x0004
#define TTF_SUBCLASS   0x0010
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TTF_TRACK       0x0020
#define TTF_ABSOLUTE    0x0080
#define TTF_TRANSPARENT 0x0100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TTF_PARSELINKS 0x1000
#endif                        // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0501
#define TTF_DI_SETITEM 0x8000 // valid only on the TTN_NEEDTEXT callback
#endif                        // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#define TTDT_AUTOMATIC 0
#define TTDT_RESHOW    1
#define TTDT_AUTOPOP   2
#define TTDT_INITIAL   3

// ToolTip Icons (Set with TTM_SETTITLE)
#define TTI_NONE    0
#define TTI_INFO    1
#define TTI_WARNING 2
#define TTI_ERROR   3
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TTI_INFO_LARGE    4
#define TTI_WARNING_LARGE 5
#define TTI_ERROR_LARGE   6
#endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)

// Tool Tip Messages
#define TTM_ACTIVATE     (WM_USER + 1)
#define TTM_SETDELAYTIME (WM_USER + 3)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLA     (WM_USER + 4)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLW     (WM_USER + 50)
#define TTM_DELTOOLA     (WM_USER + 5)
#define TTM_DELTOOLW     (WM_USER + 51)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA (WM_USER + 6)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW (WM_USER + 52)
#define TTM_RELAYEVENT   (WM_USER + 7)

#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOA (WM_USER + 8)
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOW (WM_USER + 53)

#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOA (WM_USER + 9)
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOW (WM_USER + 54)

#define TTM_HITTESTA        (WM_USER + 10)
#define TTM_HITTESTW        (WM_USER + 55)
#define TTM_GETTEXTA        (WM_USER + 11)
#define TTM_GETTEXTW        (WM_USER + 56)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA  (WM_USER + 12)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW  (WM_USER + 57)
#define TTM_GETTOOLCOUNT    (WM_USER + 13)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSA      (WM_USER + 14)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSW      (WM_USER + 58)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA (WM_USER + 15)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW (WM_USER + 59)
#define TTM_WINDOWFROMPOINT (WM_USER + 16)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TTM_TRACKACTIVATE   (WM_USER + 17) // wParam = TRUE/FALSE start end  lparam = LPTOOLINFO
#define TTM_TRACKPOSITION   (WM_USER + 18) // lParam = dwPos
#define TTM_SETTIPBKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 19)
#define TTM_SETTIPTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 20)
#define TTM_GETDELAYTIME    (WM_USER + 21)
#define TTM_GETTIPBKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 22)
#define TTM_GETTIPTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 23)
#define TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH  (WM_USER + 24)
#define TTM_GETMAXTIPWIDTH  (WM_USER + 25)
#define TTM_SETMARGIN       (WM_USER + 26) // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_GETMARGIN       (WM_USER + 27) // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_POP             (WM_USER + 28)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TTM_UPDATE (WM_USER + 29)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_GETBUBBLESIZE (WM_USER + 30)
#define TTM_ADJUSTRECT    (WM_USER + 31)
#define TTM_SETTITLEA     (WM_USER + 32) // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = char* szTitle
#define TTM_SETTITLEW     (WM_USER + 33) // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = wchar* szTitle
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TTM_POPUP    (WM_USER + 34)
#define TTM_GETTITLE (WM_USER + 35) // wParam = 0, lParam = TTGETTITLE*

    typedef struct _TTGETTITLE
    {
        DWORD dwSize;
        UINT uTitleBitmap;
        UINT cch;
        WCHAR *pszTitle;
    } TTGETTITLE, *PTTGETTITLE;
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTM_ADDTOOL        TTM_ADDTOOLW
#define TTM_DELTOOL        TTM_DELTOOLW
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT    TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO    TTM_GETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO    TTM_SETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_HITTEST        TTM_HITTESTW
#define TTM_GETTEXT        TTM_GETTEXTW
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT  TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS      TTM_ENUMTOOLSW
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_SETTITLE TTM_SETTITLEW
#endif
#else
#define TTM_ADDTOOL        TTM_ADDTOOLA
#define TTM_DELTOOL        TTM_DELTOOLA
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT    TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO    TTM_GETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO    TTM_SETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_HITTEST        TTM_HITTESTA
#define TTM_GETTEXT        TTM_GETTEXTA
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT  TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS      TTM_ENUMTOOLSA
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_SETTITLE TTM_SETTITLEA
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TTM_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPHITTESTINFOW LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPHITTESTINFOA LPTTHITTESTINFOA
#else
#define LPTTHITTESTINFOA LPHITTESTINFOA
#define LPTTHITTESTINFOW LPHITTESTINFOW
#endif

#define LPHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFO

    typedef struct _TT_HITTESTINFOA
    {
        HWND hwnd;
        POINT pt;
        TTTOOLINFOA ti;
    } TTHITTESTINFOA, *LPTTHITTESTINFOA;

    typedef struct _TT_HITTESTINFOW
    {
        HWND hwnd;
        POINT pt;
        TTTOOLINFOW ti;
    } TTHITTESTINFOW, *LPTTHITTESTINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTHITTESTINFO   TTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#else
#define TTHITTESTINFO   TTHITTESTINFOA
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFOA
#endif

#define TTN_GETDISPINFOA (TTN_FIRST - 0)
#define TTN_GETDISPINFOW (TTN_FIRST - 10)
#define TTN_SHOW         (TTN_FIRST - 1)
#define TTN_POP          (TTN_FIRST - 2)
#define TTN_LINKCLICK    (TTN_FIRST - 3)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO TTN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO TTN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif

#define TTN_NEEDTEXT  TTN_GETDISPINFO
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTA TTN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTW TTN_GETDISPINFOW

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TOOLTIPTEXTW   NMTTDISPINFOW
#define TOOLTIPTEXTA   NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTA LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTW LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagNMTTDISPINFOA tagTOOLTIPTEXTA
#define NMTTDISPINFOA    TOOLTIPTEXTA
#define LPNMTTDISPINFOA  LPTOOLTIPTEXTA
#define tagNMTTDISPINFOW tagTOOLTIPTEXTW
#define NMTTDISPINFOW    TOOLTIPTEXTW
#define LPNMTTDISPINFOW  LPTOOLTIPTEXTW
#endif

#define TOOLTIPTEXT   NMTTDISPINFO
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXT LPNMTTDISPINFO

#define NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOA, uFlags)
#define NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOW, uFlags)

    typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPSTR lpszText;
        char szText[80];
        HINSTANCE hinst;
        UINT uFlags;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        LPARAM lParam;
#endif
    } NMTTDISPINFOA, *LPNMTTDISPINFOA;

    typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPWSTR lpszText;
        WCHAR szText[80];
        HINSTANCE hinst;
        UINT uFlags;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        LPARAM lParam;
#endif
    } NMTTDISPINFOW, *LPNMTTDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTTDISPINFO         NMTTDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO       LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define NMTTDISPINFO         NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO       LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#endif // NOTOOLTIPS

    //====== STATUS BAR CONTROL ===================================================

#ifndef NOSTATUSBAR

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define SBARS_SIZEGRIP 0x0100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define SBARS_TOOLTIPS 0x0800
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// this is a status bar flag, preference to SBARS_TOOLTIPS
#define SBT_TOOLTIPS 0x0800
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawStatusTextA(HDC hDC, LPCRECT lprc, LPCSTR pszText, UINT uFlags);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawStatusTextW(HDC hDC, LPCRECT lprc, LPCWSTR pszText, UINT uFlags);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateStatusWindowA(LONG style, LPCSTR lpszText, HWND hwndParent, UINT wID);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateStatusWindowW(LONG style, LPCWSTR lpszText, HWND hwndParent, UINT wID);

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CreateStatusWindow CreateStatusWindowW
#define DrawStatusText     DrawStatusTextW
#else
#define CreateStatusWindow CreateStatusWindowA
#define DrawStatusText     DrawStatusTextA
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEW L"msctls_statusbar32"
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEA "msctls_statusbar32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define STATUSCLASSNAME STATUSCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME STATUSCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME "msctls_statusbar"
#endif

#define SB_SETTEXTA       (WM_USER + 1)
#define SB_SETTEXTW       (WM_USER + 11)
#define SB_GETTEXTA       (WM_USER + 2)
#define SB_GETTEXTW       (WM_USER + 13)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA (WM_USER + 3)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW (WM_USER + 12)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define SB_GETTEXT       SB_GETTEXTW
#define SB_SETTEXT       SB_SETTEXTW
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT SB_SETTIPTEXTW
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT SB_GETTIPTEXTW
#endif
#else
#define SB_GETTEXT       SB_GETTEXTA
#define SB_SETTEXT       SB_SETTEXTA
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT SB_SETTIPTEXTA
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT SB_GETTIPTEXTA
#endif
#endif

#define SB_SETPARTS     (WM_USER + 4)
#define SB_GETPARTS     (WM_USER + 6)
#define SB_GETBORDERS   (WM_USER + 7)
#define SB_SETMINHEIGHT (WM_USER + 8)
#define SB_SIMPLE       (WM_USER + 9)
#define SB_GETRECT      (WM_USER + 10)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define SB_ISSIMPLE (WM_USER + 14)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETICON          (WM_USER + 15)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTA      (WM_USER + 16)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTW      (WM_USER + 17)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTA      (WM_USER + 18)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTW      (WM_USER + 19)
#define SB_GETICON          (WM_USER + 20)
#define SB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define SB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif

#define SBT_OWNERDRAW  0x1000
#define SBT_NOBORDERS  0x0100
#define SBT_POPOUT     0x0200
#define SBT_RTLREADING 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define SBT_NOTABPARSING 0x0800
#endif

#define SB_SETBKCOLOR CCM_SETBKCOLOR // lParam = bkColor

// status bar notifications
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SBN_SIMPLEMODECHANGE (SBN_FIRST - 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
// refers to the data saved for simple mode
#define SB_SIMPLEID 0x00ff
#endif

#endif // NOSTATUSBAR

    //====== MENU HELP ============================================================

#ifndef NOMENUHELP

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI MenuHelp(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, HMENU hMainMenu, HINSTANCE hInst, HWND hwndStatus, __in_ecount(4) UINT *lpwIDs);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ShowHideMenuCtl(HWND hWnd, UINT_PTR uFlags, __in __nullterminated LPINT lpInfo);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI GetEffectiveClientRect(HWND hWnd, LPRECT lprc, __in __nullterminated const INT *lpInfo);

#define MINSYSCOMMAND SC_SIZE

#endif

    //====== TRACKBAR CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTRACKBAR

#ifdef _WIN32

#define TRACKBAR_CLASSA "msctls_trackbar32"
#define TRACKBAR_CLASSW L"msctls_trackbar32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS TRACKBAR_CLASSW
#else
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS TRACKBAR_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS "msctls_trackbar"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define TBS_AUTOTICKS      0x0001
#define TBS_VERT           0x0002
#define TBS_HORZ           0x0000
#define TBS_TOP            0x0004
#define TBS_BOTTOM         0x0000
#define TBS_LEFT           0x0004
#define TBS_RIGHT          0x0000
#define TBS_BOTH           0x0008
#define TBS_NOTICKS        0x0010
#define TBS_ENABLESELRANGE 0x0020
#define TBS_FIXEDLENGTH    0x0040
#define TBS_NOTHUMB        0x0080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBS_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBS_REVERSED 0x0200 // Accessibility hint: the smaller number (usually the min value) means "high" and the larger number (usually the max value) means "low"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TBS_DOWNISLEFT 0x0400 // Down=Left and Up=Right (default is Down=Right and Up=Left)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TBS_NOTIFYBEFOREMOVE 0x0800 // Trackbar should notify parent before repositioning the slider due to user action (enables snapping)
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define TBS_TRANSPARENTBKGND 0x1000 // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define TBM_GETPOS         (WM_USER)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMIN    (WM_USER + 1)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMAX    (WM_USER + 2)
#define TBM_GETTIC         (WM_USER + 3)
#define TBM_SETTIC         (WM_USER + 4)
#define TBM_SETPOS         (WM_USER + 5)
#define TBM_SETRANGE       (WM_USER + 6)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMIN    (WM_USER + 7)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMAX    (WM_USER + 8)
#define TBM_CLEARTICS      (WM_USER + 9)
#define TBM_SETSEL         (WM_USER + 10)
#define TBM_SETSELSTART    (WM_USER + 11)
#define TBM_SETSELEND      (WM_USER + 12)
#define TBM_GETPTICS       (WM_USER + 14)
#define TBM_GETTICPOS      (WM_USER + 15)
#define TBM_GETNUMTICS     (WM_USER + 16)
#define TBM_GETSELSTART    (WM_USER + 17)
#define TBM_GETSELEND      (WM_USER + 18)
#define TBM_CLEARSEL       (WM_USER + 19)
#define TBM_SETTICFREQ     (WM_USER + 20)
#define TBM_SETPAGESIZE    (WM_USER + 21)
#define TBM_GETPAGESIZE    (WM_USER + 22)
#define TBM_SETLINESIZE    (WM_USER + 23)
#define TBM_GETLINESIZE    (WM_USER + 24)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBRECT   (WM_USER + 25)
#define TBM_GETCHANNELRECT (WM_USER + 26)
#define TBM_SETTHUMBLENGTH (WM_USER + 27)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH (WM_USER + 28)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBM_SETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 29)
#define TBM_GETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 30)
#define TBM_SETTIPSIDE  (WM_USER + 31)
// TrackBar Tip Side flags
#define TBTS_TOP    0
#define TBTS_LEFT   1
#define TBTS_BOTTOM 2
#define TBTS_RIGHT  3

#define TBM_SETBUDDY (WM_USER + 32) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#define TBM_GETBUDDY (WM_USER + 33) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TBM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif

#define TB_LINEUP        0
#define TB_LINEDOWN      1
#define TB_PAGEUP        2
#define TB_PAGEDOWN      3
#define TB_THUMBPOSITION 4
#define TB_THUMBTRACK    5
#define TB_TOP           6
#define TB_BOTTOM        7
#define TB_ENDTRACK      8

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
// custom draw item specs
#define TBCD_TICS    0x0001
#define TBCD_THUMB   0x0002
#define TBCD_CHANNEL 0x0003
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING (TRBN_FIRST - 1)

    // Structure for Trackbar's TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING notification
    typedef struct tagTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwPos;
        int nReason;
    } NMTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING;
#endif

#endif // trackbar

    //====== DRAG LIST CONTROL ====================================================

#ifndef NODRAGLIST

    typedef struct tagDRAGLISTINFO
    {
        UINT uNotification;
        HWND hWnd;
        POINT ptCursor;
    } DRAGLISTINFO, *LPDRAGLISTINFO;

#define DL_BEGINDRAG  (WM_USER + 133)
#define DL_DRAGGING   (WM_USER + 134)
#define DL_DROPPED    (WM_USER + 135)
#define DL_CANCELDRAG (WM_USER + 136)

#define DL_CURSORSET  0
#define DL_STOPCURSOR 1
#define DL_COPYCURSOR 2
#define DL_MOVECURSOR 3

#define DRAGLISTMSGSTRING TEXT("commctrl_DragListMsg")

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI MakeDragList(HWND hLB);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawInsert(HWND handParent, HWND hLB, int nItem);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI LBItemFromPt(HWND hLB, POINT pt, BOOL bAutoScroll);

#endif

    //====== UPDOWN CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOUPDOWN

#ifdef _WIN32

#define UPDOWN_CLASSA "msctls_updown32"
#define UPDOWN_CLASSW L"msctls_updown32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define UPDOWN_CLASS UPDOWN_CLASSW
#else
#define UPDOWN_CLASS UPDOWN_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define UPDOWN_CLASS "msctls_updown"
#endif

    typedef struct _UDACCEL
    {
        UINT nSec;
        UINT nInc;
    } UDACCEL, *LPUDACCEL;

#define UD_MAXVAL 0x7fff
#define UD_MINVAL (-UD_MAXVAL)

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define UDS_WRAP        0x0001
#define UDS_SETBUDDYINT 0x0002
#define UDS_ALIGNRIGHT  0x0004
#define UDS_ALIGNLEFT   0x0008
#define UDS_AUTOBUDDY   0x0010
#define UDS_ARROWKEYS   0x0020
#define UDS_HORZ        0x0040
#define UDS_NOTHOUSANDS 0x0080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define UDS_HOTTRACK 0x0100
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define UDM_SETRANGE (WM_USER + 101)
#define UDM_GETRANGE (WM_USER + 102)
#define UDM_SETPOS   (WM_USER + 103)
#define UDM_GETPOS   (WM_USER + 104)
#define UDM_SETBUDDY (WM_USER + 105)
#define UDM_GETBUDDY (WM_USER + 106)
#define UDM_SETACCEL (WM_USER + 107)
#define UDM_GETACCEL (WM_USER + 108)
#define UDM_SETBASE  (WM_USER + 109)
#define UDM_GETBASE  (WM_USER + 110)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define UDM_SETRANGE32       (WM_USER + 111)
#define UDM_GETRANGE32       (WM_USER + 112) // wParam & lParam are LPINT
#define UDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define UDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define UDM_SETPOS32 (WM_USER + 113)
#define UDM_GETPOS32 (WM_USER + 114)
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateUpDownControl(DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, HWND hParent, int nID, HINSTANCE hInst, HWND hBuddy, int nUpper, int nLower, int nPos);

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NM_UPDOWN   NMUPDOWN
#define LPNM_UPDOWN LPNMUPDOWN
#else
#define NMUPDOWN   NM_UPDOWN
#define LPNMUPDOWN LPNM_UPDOWN
#endif

    typedef struct _NM_UPDOWN
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iPos;
        int iDelta;
    } NMUPDOWN, *LPNMUPDOWN;

#define UDN_DELTAPOS (UDN_FIRST - 1)

#endif // NOUPDOWN

    //====== PROGRESS CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOPROGRESS

#ifdef _WIN32

#define PROGRESS_CLASSA "msctls_progress32"
#define PROGRESS_CLASSW L"msctls_progress32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define PROGRESS_CLASS PROGRESS_CLASSW
#else
#define PROGRESS_CLASS PROGRESS_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define PROGRESS_CLASS "msctls_progress"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define PBS_SMOOTH   0x01
#define PBS_VERTICAL 0x04
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define PBM_SETRANGE (WM_USER + 1)
#define PBM_SETPOS   (WM_USER + 2)
#define PBM_DELTAPOS (WM_USER + 3)
#define PBM_SETSTEP  (WM_USER + 4)
#define PBM_STEPIT   (WM_USER + 5)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define PBM_SETRANGE32 (WM_USER + 6) // lParam = high, wParam = low
    typedef struct
    {
        int iLow;
        int iHigh;
    } PBRANGE, *PPBRANGE;
#define PBM_GETRANGE (WM_USER + 7) // wParam = return (TRUE ? low : high). lParam = PPBRANGE or NULL
#define PBM_GETPOS   (WM_USER + 8)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define PBM_SETBARCOLOR (WM_USER + 9) // lParam = bar color
#endif                                // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#define PBM_SETBKCOLOR CCM_SETBKCOLOR // lParam = bkColor
#endif                                // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

    // begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define PBS_MARQUEE 0x08
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

    // end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define PBM_SETMARQUEE (WM_USER + 10)
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

// begin_r_commctrl
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define PBS_SMOOTHREVERSE 0x10
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

    // end_r_commctrl

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#define PBM_GETSTEP     (WM_USER + 13)
#define PBM_GETBKCOLOR  (WM_USER + 14)
#define PBM_GETBARCOLOR (WM_USER + 15)
#define PBM_SETSTATE    (WM_USER + 16) // wParam = PBST_[State] (NORMAL, ERROR, PAUSED)
#define PBM_GETSTATE    (WM_USER + 17)

#define PBST_NORMAL 0x0001
#define PBST_ERROR  0x0002
#define PBST_PAUSED 0x0003
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#endif // NOPROGRESS

    //====== HOTKEY CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOHOTKEY

#define HOTKEYF_SHIFT   0x01
#define HOTKEYF_CONTROL 0x02
#define HOTKEYF_ALT     0x04
#ifdef _MAC
#define HOTKEYF_EXT 0x80
#else
#define HOTKEYF_EXT 0x08
#endif

#define HKCOMB_NONE 0x0001
#define HKCOMB_S    0x0002
#define HKCOMB_C    0x0004
#define HKCOMB_A    0x0008
#define HKCOMB_SC   0x0010
#define HKCOMB_SA   0x0020
#define HKCOMB_CA   0x0040
#define HKCOMB_SCA  0x0080

#define HKM_SETHOTKEY (WM_USER + 1)
#define HKM_GETHOTKEY (WM_USER + 2)
#define HKM_SETRULES  (WM_USER + 3)

#ifdef _WIN32

#define HOTKEY_CLASSA "msctls_hotkey32"
#define HOTKEY_CLASSW L"msctls_hotkey32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HOTKEY_CLASS HOTKEY_CLASSW
#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS HOTKEY_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS "msctls_hotkey"
#endif

#endif // NOHOTKEY

    // begin_r_commctrl

    //====== COMMON CONTROL STYLES ================================================

#define CCS_TOP           0x00000001L
#define CCS_NOMOVEY       0x00000002L
#define CCS_BOTTOM        0x00000003L
#define CCS_NORESIZE      0x00000004L
#define CCS_NOPARENTALIGN 0x00000008L
#define CCS_ADJUSTABLE    0x00000020L
#define CCS_NODIVIDER     0x00000040L
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define CCS_VERT    0x00000080L
#define CCS_LEFT    (CCS_VERT | CCS_TOP)
#define CCS_RIGHT   (CCS_VERT | CCS_BOTTOM)
#define CCS_NOMOVEX (CCS_VERT | CCS_NOMOVEY)
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

    //====== SysLink control =========================================

#ifdef _WIN32
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

#define INVALID_LINK_INDEX (-1)
#define MAX_LINKID_TEXT    48
#define L_MAX_URL_LENGTH   (2048 + 32 + sizeof("://"))

#define WC_LINK L"SysLink"

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define LWS_TRANSPARENT  0x0001
#define LWS_IGNORERETURN 0x0002
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LWS_NOPREFIX       0x0004
#define LWS_USEVISUALSTYLE 0x0008
#define LWS_USECUSTOMTEXT  0x0010
#define LWS_RIGHT          0x0020
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

    // end_r_commctrl

#define LIF_ITEMINDEX 0x00000001
#define LIF_STATE     0x00000002
#define LIF_ITEMID    0x00000004
#define LIF_URL       0x00000008

#define LIS_FOCUSED 0x00000001
#define LIS_ENABLED 0x00000002
#define LIS_VISITED 0x00000004
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LIS_HOTTRACK      0x00000008
#define LIS_DEFAULTCOLORS 0x00000010 // Don't use any custom text colors
#endif

    typedef struct tagLITEM
    {
        UINT mask;
        int iLink;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        WCHAR szID[MAX_LINKID_TEXT];
        WCHAR szUrl[L_MAX_URL_LENGTH];
    } LITEM, *PLITEM;

    typedef struct tagLHITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        LITEM item;
    } LHITTESTINFO, *PLHITTESTINFO;

    typedef struct tagNMLINK
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LITEM item;
    } NMLINK, *PNMLINK;

//  SysLink notifications
//  NM_CLICK   // wParam: control ID, lParam: PNMLINK, ret: ignored.

//  LinkWindow messages
#define LM_HITTEST        (WM_USER + 0x300)   // wParam: n/a, lparam: PLHITTESTINFO, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT (WM_USER + 0x301)   // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: n/a, ret: cy
#define LM_SETITEM        (WM_USER + 0x302)   // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETITEM        (WM_USER + 0x303)   // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALSIZE   (LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT) // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: SIZE*, ret: cy

#endif

#endif // _WIN32
    //====== End SysLink control =========================================

    //====== LISTVIEW CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOLISTVIEW

#ifdef _WIN32

#define WC_LISTVIEWA "SysListView32"
#define WC_LISTVIEWW L"SysListView32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTVIEW WC_LISTVIEWW
#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW WC_LISTVIEWA
#endif

#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW "SysListView"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define LVS_ICON            0x0000
#define LVS_REPORT          0x0001
#define LVS_SMALLICON       0x0002
#define LVS_LIST            0x0003
#define LVS_TYPEMASK        0x0003
#define LVS_SINGLESEL       0x0004
#define LVS_SHOWSELALWAYS   0x0008
#define LVS_SORTASCENDING   0x0010
#define LVS_SORTDESCENDING  0x0020
#define LVS_SHAREIMAGELISTS 0x0040
#define LVS_NOLABELWRAP     0x0080
#define LVS_AUTOARRANGE     0x0100
#define LVS_EDITLABELS      0x0200
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVS_OWNERDATA 0x1000
#endif
#define LVS_NOSCROLL 0x2000

#define LVS_TYPESTYLEMASK 0xfc00

#define LVS_ALIGNTOP  0x0000
#define LVS_ALIGNLEFT 0x0800
#define LVS_ALIGNMASK 0x0c00

#define LVS_OWNERDRAWFIXED 0x0400
#define LVS_NOCOLUMNHEADER 0x4000
#define LVS_NOSORTHEADER   0x8000

    // end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT                      CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT            CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#define LVM_GETBKCOLOR            (LVM_FIRST + 0)
#define ListView_GetBkColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_SETBKCOLOR                   (LVM_FIRST + 1)
#define ListView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clrBk) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrBk))

#define LVM_GETIMAGELIST                        (LVM_FIRST + 2)
#define ListView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImageList) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(INT)(iImageList), 0L)

#define LVSIL_NORMAL      0
#define LVSIL_SMALL       1
#define LVSIL_STATE       2
#define LVSIL_GROUPHEADER 3

#define LVM_SETIMAGELIST                              (LVM_FIRST + 3)
#define ListView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImageList) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(iImageList), (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define LVM_GETITEMCOUNT            (LVM_FIRST + 4)
#define ListView_GetItemCount(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define LVIF_TEXT  0x00000001
#define LVIF_IMAGE 0x00000002
#define LVIF_PARAM 0x00000004
#define LVIF_STATE 0x00000008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVIF_INDENT      0x00000010
#define LVIF_NORECOMPUTE 0x00000800
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVIF_GROUPID 0x00000100
#define LVIF_COLUMNS 0x00000200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVIF_COLFMT 0x00010000 // The piColFmt member is valid in addition to puColumns
#endif

#define LVIS_FOCUSED     0x0001
#define LVIS_SELECTED    0x0002
#define LVIS_CUT         0x0004
#define LVIS_DROPHILITED 0x0008
#define LVIS_GLOW        0x0010
#define LVIS_ACTIVATING  0x0020

#define LVIS_OVERLAYMASK    0x0F00
#define LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK 0xF000

#define INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK(i) ((i) << 12)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define I_INDENTCALLBACK (-1)
#define LV_ITEMA         LVITEMA
#define LV_ITEMW         LVITEMW
#else
#define tagLVITEMA _LV_ITEMA
#define LVITEMA    LV_ITEMA
#define tagLVITEMW _LV_ITEMW
#define LVITEMW    LV_ITEMW
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define I_GROUPIDCALLBACK (-1)
#define I_GROUPIDNONE     (-2)
#endif
#define LV_ITEM LVITEM

#define LVITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, lParam)
#define LVITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, lParam)

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
#define LVITEMA_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, puColumns)
#define LVITEMW_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, puColumns)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMW_V5_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMA_V5_SIZE
#endif
#endif

    typedef struct tagLVITEMA
    {
        UINT mask;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iIndent;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        int iGroupId;
        UINT cColumns; // tile view columns
        PUINT puColumns;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
        int *piColFmt;
        int iGroup; // readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
    } LVITEMA, *LPLVITEMA;

    typedef struct tagLVITEMW
    {
        UINT mask;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iIndent;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        int iGroupId;
        UINT cColumns; // tile view columns
        PUINT puColumns;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        int *piColFmt;
        int iGroup; // readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
    } LVITEMW, *LPLVITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM         LVITEMW
#define LPLVITEM       LPLVITEMW
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM         LVITEMA
#define LPLVITEM       LPLVITEMA
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW ((LPWSTR)-1L)
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA ((LPSTR)-1L)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW
#else
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA
#endif

#define I_IMAGECALLBACK (-1)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define I_IMAGENONE (-2)
#endif // 0x0501

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
// For tileview
#define I_COLUMNSCALLBACK ((UINT)-1)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 5)
#define LVM_GETITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 75)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETITEM LVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_GETITEM LVM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define LVM_SETITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 6)
#define LVM_SETITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 76)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETITEM LVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_SETITEM LVM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define LVM_INSERTITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 7)
#define LVM_INSERTITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 77)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_INSERTITEM LVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define LVM_INSERTITEM LVM_INSERTITEMA
#endif
#define ListView_InsertItem(hwnd, pitem) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define LVM_DELETEITEM               (LVM_FIRST + 8)
#define ListView_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)

#define LVM_DELETEALLITEMS            (LVM_FIRST + 9)
#define ListView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK            (LVM_FIRST + 10)
#define ListView_GetCallbackMask(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK                  (LVM_FIRST + 11)
#define ListView_SetCallbackMask(hwnd, mask) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK, (WPARAM)(UINT)(mask), 0)

#define LVNI_ALL 0x0000

#define LVNI_FOCUSED     0x0001
#define LVNI_SELECTED    0x0002
#define LVNI_CUT         0x0004
#define LVNI_DROPHILITED 0x0008
#define LVNI_STATEMASK   (LVNI_FOCUSED | LVNI_SELECTED | LVNI_CUT | LVNI_DROPHILITED)

#define LVNI_VISIBLEORDER  0x0010
#define LVNI_PREVIOUS      0x0020
#define LVNI_VISIBLEONLY   0x0040
#define LVNI_SAMEGROUPONLY 0x0080

#define LVNI_ABOVE         0x0100
#define LVNI_BELOW         0x0200
#define LVNI_TOLEFT        0x0400
#define LVNI_TORIGHT       0x0800
#define LVNI_DIRECTIONMASK (LVNI_ABOVE | LVNI_BELOW | LVNI_TOLEFT | LVNI_TORIGHT)

#define LVM_GETNEXTITEM                      (LVM_FIRST + 12)
#define ListView_GetNextItem(hwnd, i, flags) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))

#define LVFI_PARAM     0x0001
#define LVFI_STRING    0x0002
#define LVFI_SUBSTRING 0x0004 // Same as LVFI_PARTIAL
#define LVFI_PARTIAL   0x0008
#define LVFI_WRAP      0x0020
#define LVFI_NEARESTXY 0x0040

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_FINDINFOA LVFINDINFOA
#define LV_FINDINFOW LVFINDINFOW
#else
#define tagLVFINDINFOA _LV_FINDINFOA
#define LVFINDINFOA    LV_FINDINFOA
#define tagLVFINDINFOW _LV_FINDINFOW
#define LVFINDINFOW    LV_FINDINFOW
#endif

#define LV_FINDINFO LVFINDINFO

    typedef struct tagLVFINDINFOA
    {
        UINT flags;
        LPCSTR psz;
        LPARAM lParam;
        POINT pt;
        UINT vkDirection;
    } LVFINDINFOA, *LPFINDINFOA;

    typedef struct tagLVFINDINFOW
    {
        UINT flags;
        LPCWSTR psz;
        LPARAM lParam;
        POINT pt;
        UINT vkDirection;
    } LVFINDINFOW, *LPFINDINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVFINDINFO LVFINDINFOW
#else
#define LVFINDINFO LVFINDINFOA
#endif

#define LVM_FINDITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 13)
#define LVM_FINDITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 83)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_FINDITEM LVM_FINDITEMW
#else
#define LVM_FINDITEM LVM_FINDITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_FindItem(hwnd, iStart, plvfi) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_FINDITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iStart), (LPARAM)(const LV_FINDINFO *)(plvfi))

#define LVIR_BOUNDS       0
#define LVIR_ICON         1
#define LVIR_LABEL        2
#define LVIR_SELECTBOUNDS 3

#define LVM_GETITEMRECT                          (LVM_FIRST + 14)
#define ListView_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc, code) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), ((prc) ? (((RECT *)(prc))->left = (code), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(RECT *)NULL))

#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION                       (LVM_FIRST + 15)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, x, y) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((x), (y)))

#define LVM_GETITEMPOSITION                      (LVM_FIRST + 16)
#define ListView_GetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, ppt) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))

#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA (LVM_FIRST + 17)
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW (LVM_FIRST + 87)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW
#else
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA
#endif

#define ListView_GetStringWidth(hwndLV, psz) (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH, 0, (LPARAM)(LPCTSTR)(psz))

#define LVHT_NOWHERE         0x00000001
#define LVHT_ONITEMICON      0x00000002
#define LVHT_ONITEMLABEL     0x00000004
#define LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x00000008
#define LVHT_ONITEM          (LVHT_ONITEMICON | LVHT_ONITEMLABEL | LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)

#define LVHT_ABOVE   0x00000008
#define LVHT_BELOW   0x00000010
#define LVHT_TORIGHT 0x00000020
#define LVHT_TOLEFT  0x00000040

#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER     0x10000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER     0x20000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE   0x40000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND 0x80000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON  0x01000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK 0x02000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP            (LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND | LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE | LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON | LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK)
#define LVHT_EX_ONCONTENTS       0x04000000 // On item AND not on the background
#define LVHT_EX_FOOTER           0x08000000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_HITTESTINFO LVHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagLVHITTESTINFO _LV_HITTESTINFO
#define LVHITTESTINFO    LV_HITTESTINFO
#endif

#define LVHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVHITTESTINFO, iItem)

    typedef struct tagLVHITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        UINT flags;
        int iItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iSubItem; // this is was NOT in win95.  valid only for LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        int iGroup; // readonly. index of group. only valid for owner data.
                    // supports single item in multiple groups.
#endif
    } LVHITTESTINFO, *LPLVHITTESTINFO;

#define LVM_HITTEST                       (LVM_FIRST + 18)
#define ListView_HitTest(hwndLV, pinfo)   (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))
#define ListView_HitTestEx(hwndLV, pinfo) (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))

#define LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE                             (LVM_FIRST + 19)
#define ListView_EnsureVisible(hwndLV, i, fPartialOK) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((fPartialOK), 0))

#define LVM_SCROLL                      (LVM_FIRST + 20)
#define ListView_Scroll(hwndLV, dx, dy) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SCROLL, (WPARAM)(int)(dx), (LPARAM)(int)(dy))

#define LVM_REDRAWITEMS                             (LVM_FIRST + 21)
#define ListView_RedrawItems(hwndLV, iFirst, iLast) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_REDRAWITEMS, (WPARAM)(int)(iFirst), (LPARAM)(int)(iLast))

#define LVA_DEFAULT    0x0000
#define LVA_ALIGNLEFT  0x0001
#define LVA_ALIGNTOP   0x0002
#define LVA_SNAPTOGRID 0x0005

#define LVM_ARRANGE                    (LVM_FIRST + 22)
#define ListView_Arrange(hwndLV, code) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ARRANGE, (WPARAM)(UINT)(code), 0L)

#define LVM_EDITLABELA (LVM_FIRST + 23)
#define LVM_EDITLABELW (LVM_FIRST + 118)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_EDITLABEL LVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define LVM_EDITLABEL LVM_EDITLABELA
#endif

#define ListView_EditLabel(hwndLV, i) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_EDITLABEL, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)

#define LVM_GETEDITCONTROL              (LVM_FIRST + 24)
#define ListView_GetEditControl(hwndLV) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0L)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_COLUMNA LVCOLUMNA
#define LV_COLUMNW LVCOLUMNW
#else
#define tagLVCOLUMNA _LV_COLUMNA
#define LVCOLUMNA    LV_COLUMNA
#define tagLVCOLUMNW _LV_COLUMNW
#define LVCOLUMNW    LV_COLUMNW
#endif

#define LV_COLUMN LVCOLUMN

#define LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNA, iSubItem)
#define LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNW, iSubItem)

    typedef struct tagLVCOLUMNA
    {
        UINT mask;
        int fmt;
        int cx;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iSubItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iImage;
        int iOrder;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        int cxMin;     // min snap point
        int cxDefault; // default snap point
        int cxIdeal;   // read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
    } LVCOLUMNA, *LPLVCOLUMNA;

    typedef struct tagLVCOLUMNW
    {
        UINT mask;
        int fmt;
        int cx;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iSubItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        int iImage;
        int iOrder;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        int cxMin;     // min snap point
        int cxDefault; // default snap point
        int cxIdeal;   // read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
    } LVCOLUMNW, *LPLVCOLUMNW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVCOLUMN         LVCOLUMNW
#define LPLVCOLUMN       LPLVCOLUMNW
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define LVCOLUMN         LVCOLUMNA
#define LPLVCOLUMN       LPLVCOLUMNA
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define LVCF_FMT     0x0001
#define LVCF_WIDTH   0x0002
#define LVCF_TEXT    0x0004
#define LVCF_SUBITEM 0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVCF_IMAGE 0x0010
#define LVCF_ORDER 0x0020
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVCF_MINWIDTH     0x0040
#define LVCF_DEFAULTWIDTH 0x0080
#define LVCF_IDEALWIDTH   0x0100
#endif

    // LVCFMT_ flags up to FFFF are shared with the header control (HDF_ flags).
    // Flags above FFFF are listview-specific.

#define LVCFMT_LEFT        0x0000 // Same as HDF_LEFT
#define LVCFMT_RIGHT       0x0001 // Same as HDF_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_CENTER      0x0002 // Same as HDF_CENTER
#define LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK 0x0003 // Same as HDF_JUSTIFYMASK

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVCFMT_IMAGE           0x0800 // Same as HDF_IMAGE
#define LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT 0x1000 // Same as HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES  0x8000 // Same as HDF_OWNERDRAW
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH  0x00100 // Can't resize the column; same as HDF_FIXEDWIDTH
#define LVCFMT_NO_DPI_SCALE 0x40000 // If not set, CCM_DPISCALE will govern scaling up fixed width
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_RATIO  0x80000 // Width will augment with the row height

// The following flags
#define LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK         0x100000 // Move to the top of the next list of columns
#define LVCFMT_FILL               0x200000 // Fill the remainder of the tile area. Might have a title.
#define LVCFMT_WRAP               0x400000 // This sub-item can be wrapped.
#define LVCFMT_NO_TITLE           0x800000 // This sub-item doesn't have an title.
#define LVCFMT_TILE_PLACEMENTMASK (LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK | LVCFMT_FILL)

#define LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON 0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as HDF_SPLITBUTTON
#endif

#define LVM_GETCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 25)
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 95)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETCOLUMN LVM_GETCOLUMNW
#else
#define LVM_GETCOLUMN LVM_GETCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_GetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))

#define LVM_SETCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 26)
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 96)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETCOLUMN LVM_SETCOLUMNW
#else
#define LVM_SETCOLUMN LVM_SETCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_SetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))

#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 27)
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 97)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMN LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW
#else
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMN LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_InsertColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))

#define LVM_DELETECOLUMN                  (LVM_FIRST + 28)
#define ListView_DeleteColumn(hwnd, iCol) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETECOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)

#define LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH                  (LVM_FIRST + 29)
#define ListView_GetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)

#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE           -1
#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER -2
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH       (LVM_FIRST + 30)

#define ListView_SetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol, cx) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), MAKELPARAM((cx), 0))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVM_GETHEADER            (LVM_FIRST + 31)
#define ListView_GetHeader(hwnd) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHEADER, 0, 0L)
#endif

#define LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE                           (LVM_FIRST + 33)
#define ListView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i, lpptUpLeft) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(LPPOINT)(lpptUpLeft))

#define LVM_GETVIEWRECT                 (LVM_FIRST + 34)
#define ListView_GetViewRect(hwnd, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR            (LVM_FIRST + 35)
#define ListView_GetTextColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR                     (LVM_FIRST + 36)
#define ListView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clrText) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrText))

#define LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR            (LVM_FIRST + 37)
#define ListView_GetTextBkColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR                       (LVM_FIRST + 38)
#define ListView_SetTextBkColor(hwnd, clrTextBk) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrTextBk))

#define LVM_GETTOPINDEX              (LVM_FIRST + 39)
#define ListView_GetTopIndex(hwndLV) (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0)

#define LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE              (LVM_FIRST + 40)
#define ListView_GetCountPerPage(hwndLV) (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE, 0, 0)

#define LVM_GETORIGIN                   (LVM_FIRST + 41)
#define ListView_GetOrigin(hwndLV, ppt) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETORIGIN, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))

#define LVM_UPDATE                 (LVM_FIRST + 42)
#define ListView_Update(hwndLV, i) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_UPDATE, (WPARAM)(i), 0L)

#define LVM_SETITEMSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 43)
#define ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, data, mask)                                     \
    {                                                                                    \
        LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;                                                              \
        _macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);                                                   \
        _macro_lvi.state = (data);                                                       \
        SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi); \
    }

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_SetCheckState(hwndLV, i, fCheck) ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck) ? 2 : 1), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMSTATE                       (LVM_FIRST + 44)
#define ListView_GetItemState(hwndLV, i, mask) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(mask))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_GetCheckState(hwndLV, i) ((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) - 1)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTA (LVM_FIRST + 45)
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTW (LVM_FIRST + 115)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXT LVM_GETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXT LVM_GETITEMTEXTA
#endif

#define ListView_GetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_, cchTextMax_)               \
    {                                                                                   \
        LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;                                                             \
        _macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);                                              \
        _macro_lvi.cchTextMax = (cchTextMax_);                                          \
        _macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);                                                \
        SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi); \
    }

#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTA (LVM_FIRST + 46)
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTW (LVM_FIRST + 116)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXT LVM_SETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXT LVM_SETITEMTEXTA
#endif

#define ListView_SetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_)                            \
    {                                                                                   \
        LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;                                                             \
        _macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);                                              \
        _macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);                                                \
        SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi); \
    }

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
// these flags only apply to LVS_OWNERDATA listviews in report or list mode
#define LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL 0x00000001
#define LVSICF_NOSCROLL        0x00000002
#endif

#define LVM_SETITEMCOUNT                      (LVM_FIRST + 47)
#define ListView_SetItemCount(hwndLV, cItems) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_SetItemCountEx(hwndLV, cItems, dwFlags) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), (LPARAM)(dwFlags))
#endif

    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNLVCOMPARE)(LPARAM, LPARAM, LPARAM);

#define LVM_SORTITEMS                                  (LVM_FIRST + 48)
#define ListView_SortItems(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMS, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), (LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))

#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32 (LVM_FIRST + 49)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition32(hwndLV, i, x0, y0)                                 \
    {                                                                                 \
        POINT ptNewPos;                                                               \
        ptNewPos.x = (x0);                                                            \
        ptNewPos.y = (y0);                                                            \
        SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)&ptNewPos); \
    }

#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT              (LVM_FIRST + 50)
#define ListView_GetSelectedCount(hwndLV) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_GETITEMSPACING                      (LVM_FIRST + 51)
#define ListView_GetItemSpacing(hwndLV, fSmall) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSPACING, fSmall, 0L)

#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA (LVM_FIRST + 52)
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW (LVM_FIRST + 117)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA
#endif

#define ListView_GetISearchString(hwndLV, lpsz) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVM_SETICONSPACING (LVM_FIRST + 53)
// -1 for cx and cy means we'll use the default (system settings)
// 0 for cx or cy means use the current setting (allows you to change just one param)
#define ListView_SetIconSpacing(hwndLV, cx, cy) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETICONSPACING, 0, MAKELONG(cx, cy))

#define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE                  (LVM_FIRST + 54) // optional wParam == mask
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV, dw) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, dw)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyleEx(hwndLV, dwMask, dw) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, dwMask, dw)
#endif

#define LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE              (LVM_FIRST + 55)
#define ListView_GetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define LVS_EX_GRIDLINES        0x00000001
#define LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES    0x00000002
#define LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES       0x00000004
#define LVS_EX_TRACKSELECT      0x00000008
#define LVS_EX_HEADERDRAGDROP   0x00000010
#define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT    0x00000020 // applies to report mode only
#define LVS_EX_ONECLICKACTIVATE 0x00000040
#define LVS_EX_TWOCLICKACTIVATE 0x00000080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVS_EX_FLATSB         0x00000100
#define LVS_EX_REGIONAL       0x00000200
#define LVS_EX_INFOTIP        0x00000400 // listview does InfoTips for you
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINEHOT   0x00000800
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINECOLD  0x00001000
#define LVS_EX_MULTIWORKAREAS 0x00002000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define LVS_EX_LABELTIP     0x00004000 // listview unfolds partly hidden labels if it does not have infotip text
#define LVS_EX_BORDERSELECT 0x00008000 // border selection style instead of highlight
#endif                                 // End (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x00010000
#define LVS_EX_HIDELABELS   0x00020000
#define LVS_EX_SINGLEROW    0x00040000
#define LVS_EX_SNAPTOGRID   0x00080000 // Icons automatically snap to grid.
#define LVS_EX_SIMPLESELECT 0x00100000 // Also changes overlay rendering to top right for icon mode.
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVS_EX_JUSTIFYCOLUMNS        0x00200000 // Icons are lined up in columns that use up the whole view area.
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTBKGND      0x00400000 // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTSHADOWTEXT 0x00800000 // Enable shadow text on transparent backgrounds only (useful with bitmaps)
#define LVS_EX_AUTOAUTOARRANGE       0x01000000 // Icons automatically arrange if no icon positions have been set
#define LVS_EX_HEADERINALLVIEWS      0x02000000 // Display column header in all view modes
#define LVS_EX_AUTOCHECKSELECT       0x08000000
#define LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS       0x10000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNSNAPPOINTS      0x40000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNOVERFLOW        0x80000000

#endif

#define LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT                                        (LVM_FIRST + 56)
#define ListView_GetSubItemRect(hwnd, iItem, iSubItem, code, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), ((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))

#define LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST                      (LVM_FIRST + 57)
#define ListView_SubItemHitTest(hwnd, plvhti)   (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))
#define ListView_SubItemHitTestEx(hwnd, plvhti) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))

#define LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY                        (LVM_FIRST + 58)
#define ListView_SetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))

#define LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY                        (LVM_FIRST + 59)
#define ListView_GetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))

#define LVM_SETHOTITEM               (LVM_FIRST + 60)
#define ListView_SetHotItem(hwnd, i) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define LVM_GETHOTITEM            (LVM_FIRST + 61)
#define ListView_GetHotItem(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTITEM, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETHOTCURSOR                  (LVM_FIRST + 62)
#define ListView_SetHotCursor(hwnd, hcur) (HCURSOR) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTCURSOR, 0, (LPARAM)(hcur))

#define LVM_GETHOTCURSOR            (LVM_FIRST + 63)
#define ListView_GetHotCursor(hwnd) (HCURSOR) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTCURSOR, 0, 0)

#define LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT                                     (LVM_FIRST + 64)
#define ListView_ApproximateViewRect(hwnd, iWidth, iHeight, iCount) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT, (WPARAM)(iCount), MAKELPARAM(iWidth, iHeight))
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define LV_MAX_WORKAREAS                             16
#define LVM_SETWORKAREAS                             (LVM_FIRST + 65)
#define ListView_SetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define LVM_GETWORKAREAS                             (LVM_FIRST + 70)
#define ListView_GetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS                         (LVM_FIRST + 73)
#define ListView_GetNumberOfWorkAreas(hwnd, pnWorkAreas) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS, 0, (LPARAM)(UINT *)(pnWorkAreas))

#define LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK            (LVM_FIRST + 66)
#define ListView_GetSelectionMark(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK               (LVM_FIRST + 67)
#define ListView_SetSelectionMark(hwnd, i) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK, 0, (LPARAM)(i))

#define LVM_SETHOVERTIME                             (LVM_FIRST + 71)
#define ListView_SetHoverTime(hwndLV, dwHoverTimeMs) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETHOVERTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(dwHoverTimeMs))

#define LVM_GETHOVERTIME              (LVM_FIRST + 72)
#define ListView_GetHoverTime(hwndLV) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETHOVERTIME, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETTOOLTIPS                           (LVM_FIRST + 74)
#define ListView_SetToolTips(hwndLV, hwndNewHwnd) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndNewHwnd), 0)

#define LVM_GETTOOLTIPS              (LVM_FIRST + 78)
#define ListView_GetToolTips(hwndLV) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SORTITEMSEX                                  (LVM_FIRST + 81)
#define ListView_SortItemsEx(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMSEX, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), (LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))

    typedef struct tagLVBKIMAGEA
    {
        ULONG ulFlags; // LVBKIF_*
        HBITMAP hbm;
        LPSTR pszImage;
        UINT cchImageMax;
        int xOffsetPercent;
        int yOffsetPercent;
    } LVBKIMAGEA, *LPLVBKIMAGEA;
    typedef struct tagLVBKIMAGEW
    {
        ULONG ulFlags; // LVBKIF_*
        HBITMAP hbm;
        LPWSTR pszImage;
        UINT cchImageMax;
        int xOffsetPercent;
        int yOffsetPercent;
    } LVBKIMAGEW, *LPLVBKIMAGEW;

#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_NONE    0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_HBITMAP 0x00000001
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_URL     0x00000002
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_MASK    0x00000003
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_NORMAL   0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_TILE     0x00000010
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_MASK     0x00000010
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_TILEOFFSET 0x00000100
#define LVBKIF_TYPE_WATERMARK  0x10000000
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_ALPHABLEND 0x20000000
#endif

#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEA (LVM_FIRST + 68)
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEW (LVM_FIRST + 138)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEA (LVM_FIRST + 69)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEW (LVM_FIRST + 139)

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN                  (LVM_FIRST + 140)
#define ListView_SetSelectedColumn(hwnd, iCol) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(iCol), 0)

#define LV_VIEW_ICON      0x0000
#define LV_VIEW_DETAILS   0x0001
#define LV_VIEW_SMALLICON 0x0002
#define LV_VIEW_LIST      0x0003
#define LV_VIEW_TILE      0x0004
#define LV_VIEW_MAX       0x0004

#define LVM_SETVIEW                   (LVM_FIRST + 142)
#define ListView_SetView(hwnd, iView) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETVIEW, (WPARAM)(DWORD)(iView), 0)

#define LVM_GETVIEW            (LVM_FIRST + 143)
#define ListView_GetView(hwnd) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEW, 0, 0)

#define LVGF_NONE    0x00000000
#define LVGF_HEADER  0x00000001
#define LVGF_FOOTER  0x00000002
#define LVGF_STATE   0x00000004
#define LVGF_ALIGN   0x00000008
#define LVGF_GROUPID 0x00000010
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVGF_SUBTITLE          0x00000100 // pszSubtitle is valid
#define LVGF_TASK              0x00000200 // pszTask is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONTOP    0x00000400 // pszDescriptionTop is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONBOTTOM 0x00000800 // pszDescriptionBottom is valid
#define LVGF_TITLEIMAGE        0x00001000 // iTitleImage is valid
#define LVGF_EXTENDEDIMAGE     0x00002000 // iExtendedImage is valid
#define LVGF_ITEMS             0x00004000 // iFirstItem and cItems are valid
#define LVGF_SUBSET            0x00008000 // pszSubsetTitle is valid
#define LVGF_SUBSETITEMS       0x00010000 // readonly, cItems holds count of items in visible subset, iFirstItem is valid
#endif

#define LVGS_NORMAL            0x00000000
#define LVGS_COLLAPSED         0x00000001
#define LVGS_HIDDEN            0x00000002
#define LVGS_NOHEADER          0x00000004
#define LVGS_COLLAPSIBLE       0x00000008
#define LVGS_FOCUSED           0x00000010
#define LVGS_SELECTED          0x00000020
#define LVGS_SUBSETED          0x00000040
#define LVGS_SUBSETLINKFOCUSED 0x00000080

#define LVGA_HEADER_LEFT   0x00000001
#define LVGA_HEADER_CENTER 0x00000002
#define LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT  0x00000004 // Don't forget to validate exclusivity
#define LVGA_FOOTER_LEFT   0x00000008
#define LVGA_FOOTER_CENTER 0x00000010
#define LVGA_FOOTER_RIGHT  0x00000020 // Don't forget to validate exclusivity

    typedef struct tagLVGROUP
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT mask;
        LPWSTR pszHeader;
        int cchHeader;

        LPWSTR pszFooter;
        int cchFooter;

        int iGroupId;

        UINT stateMask;
        UINT state;
        UINT uAlign;
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        LPWSTR pszSubtitle;
        UINT cchSubtitle;
        LPWSTR pszTask;
        UINT cchTask;
        LPWSTR pszDescriptionTop;
        UINT cchDescriptionTop;
        LPWSTR pszDescriptionBottom;
        UINT cchDescriptionBottom;
        int iTitleImage;
        int iExtendedImage;
        int iFirstItem;        // Read only
        UINT cItems;           // Read only
        LPWSTR pszSubsetTitle; // NULL if group is not subset
        UINT cchSubsetTitle;

#define LVGROUP_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVGROUP, uAlign)

#endif
    } LVGROUP, *PLVGROUP;

#define LVM_INSERTGROUP                         (LVM_FIRST + 145)
#define ListView_InsertGroup(hwnd, index, pgrp) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUP, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_SETGROUPINFO                            (LVM_FIRST + 147)
#define ListView_SetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_GETGROUPINFO                            (LVM_FIRST + 149)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_REMOVEGROUP                      (LVM_FIRST + 150)
#define ListView_RemoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), 0)

#define LVM_MOVEGROUP                               (LVM_FIRST + 151)
#define ListView_MoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId, toIndex) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(toIndex))

#define LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT            (LVM_FIRST + 152)
#define ListView_GetGroupCount(hwnd) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX                          (LVM_FIRST + 153)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfoByIndex(hwnd, iIndex, pgrp) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX, (WPARAM)(iIndex), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP                                   (LVM_FIRST + 154)
#define ListView_MoveItemToGroup(hwnd, idItemFrom, idGroupTo) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP, (WPARAM)(idItemFrom), (LPARAM)(idGroupTo))

#define LVGGR_GROUP      0 // Entire expanded group
#define LVGGR_HEADER     1 // Header only (collapsed group)
#define LVGGR_LABEL      2 // Label only
#define LVGGR_SUBSETLINK 3 // subset link only

#define LVM_GETGROUPRECT                                 (LVM_FIRST + 98)
#define ListView_GetGroupRect(hwnd, iGroupId, type, prc) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPRECT, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), ((prc) ? (((RECT *)(prc))->top = (type)), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc) : (LPARAM)(RECT *)NULL))

#define LVGMF_NONE        0x00000000
#define LVGMF_BORDERSIZE  0x00000001
#define LVGMF_BORDERCOLOR 0x00000002
#define LVGMF_TEXTCOLOR   0x00000004

    typedef struct tagLVGROUPMETRICS
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        UINT mask;
        UINT Left;
        UINT Top;
        UINT Right;
        UINT Bottom;
        COLORREF crLeft;
        COLORREF crTop;
        COLORREF crRight;
        COLORREF crBottom;
        COLORREF crHeader;
        COLORREF crFooter;
    } LVGROUPMETRICS, *PLVGROUPMETRICS;

#define LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS                           (LVM_FIRST + 155)
#define ListView_SetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))

#define LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS                           (LVM_FIRST + 156)
#define ListView_GetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))

#define LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW                     (LVM_FIRST + 157)
#define ListView_EnableGroupView(hwnd, fEnable) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW, (WPARAM)(fEnable), 0)

    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNLVGROUPCOMPARE)(int, int, void *);

#define LVM_SORTGROUPS                                    (LVM_FIRST + 158)
#define ListView_SortGroups(hwnd, _pfnGroupCompate, _plv) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SORTGROUPS, (WPARAM)(_pfnGroupCompate), (LPARAM)(_plv))

    typedef struct tagLVINSERTGROUPSORTED
    {
        PFNLVGROUPCOMPARE pfnGroupCompare;
        void *pvData;
        LVGROUP lvGroup;
    } LVINSERTGROUPSORTED, *PLVINSERTGROUPSORTED;

#define LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED                          (LVM_FIRST + 159)
#define ListView_InsertGroupSorted(hwnd, structInsert) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED, (WPARAM)(structInsert), 0)

#define LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS            (LVM_FIRST + 160)
#define ListView_RemoveAllGroups(hwnd) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS, 0, 0)

#define LVM_HASGROUP                       (LVM_FIRST + 161)
#define ListView_HasGroup(hwnd, dwGroupId) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_HASGROUP, dwGroupId, 0)

#define ListView_SetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask, dwState)                               \
    {                                                                                          \
        LVGROUP _macro_lvg;                                                                    \
        _macro_lvg.cbSize = sizeof(_macro_lvg);                                                \
        _macro_lvg.mask = LVGF_STATE;                                                          \
        _macro_lvg.stateMask = dwMask;                                                         \
        _macro_lvg.state = dwState;                                                            \
        SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(LVGROUP *)&_macro_lvg); \
    }
#define LVM_GETGROUPSTATE                               (LVM_FIRST + 92)
#define ListView_GetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPSTATE, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(dwMask))

#define LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP            (LVM_FIRST + 93)
#define ListView_GetFocusedGroup(hwnd) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP, 0, 0)

#define LVTVIF_AUTOSIZE    0x00000000
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDWIDTH  0x00000001
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDHEIGHT 0x00000002
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDSIZE   0x00000003
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVTVIF_EXTENDED 0x00000004
#endif

#define LVTVIM_TILESIZE    0x00000001
#define LVTVIM_COLUMNS     0x00000002
#define LVTVIM_LABELMARGIN 0x00000004

    typedef struct tagLVTILEVIEWINFO
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwMask;  // LVTVIM_*
        DWORD dwFlags; // LVTVIF_*
        SIZE sizeTile;
        int cLines;
        RECT rcLabelMargin;
    } LVTILEVIEWINFO, *PLVTILEVIEWINFO;

    typedef struct tagLVTILEINFO
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        int iItem;
        UINT cColumns;
        PUINT puColumns;
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
        int *piColFmt;
#endif
    } LVTILEINFO, *PLVTILEINFO;

#define LVTILEINFO_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVTILEINFO, puColumns)

#define LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO                  (LVM_FIRST + 162)
#define ListView_SetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))

#define LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO                  (LVM_FIRST + 163)
#define ListView_GetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))

#define LVM_SETTILEINFO                 (LVM_FIRST + 164)
#define ListView_SetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))

#define LVM_GETTILEINFO                 (LVM_FIRST + 165)
#define ListView_GetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))

    typedef struct
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        int iItem;
        DWORD dwReserved;
    } LVINSERTMARK, *LPLVINSERTMARK;

#define LVIM_AFTER 0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iItem, otherwise before

#define LVM_SETINSERTMARK                  (LVM_FIRST + 166)
#define ListView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(lvim))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARK                  (LVM_FIRST + 167)
#define ListView_GetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(lvim))

#define LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST                         (LVM_FIRST + 168)
#define ListView_InsertMarkHitTest(hwnd, point, lvim) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST, (WPARAM)(LPPOINT)(point), (LPARAM)(LPLVINSERTMARK)(lvim))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT                (LVM_FIRST + 169)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkRect(hwnd, rc) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(LPRECT)(rc))

#define LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR                   (LVM_FIRST + 170)
#define ListView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, color) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR            (LVM_FIRST + 171)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

    typedef struct tagLVSETINFOTIP
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
    } LVSETINFOTIP, *PLVSETINFOTIP;

#define LVM_SETINFOTIP (LVM_FIRST + 173)

#define ListView_SetInfoTip(hwndLV, plvInfoTip) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETINFOTIP, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(plvInfoTip))

#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN            (LVM_FIRST + 174)
#define ListView_GetSelectedColumn(hwnd) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN, 0, 0)

#define LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED            (LVM_FIRST + 175)
#define ListView_IsGroupViewEnabled(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED, 0, 0)

#define LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR            (LVM_FIRST + 176)
#define ListView_GetOutlineColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR                   (LVM_FIRST + 177)
#define ListView_SetOutlineColor(hwnd, color) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))

#define LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL            (LVM_FIRST + 179)
#define ListView_CancelEditLabel(hwnd) (VOID) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

// These next to methods make it easy to identify an item that can be repositioned
// within listview. For example: Many developers use the lParam to store an identifier that is
// unique. Unfortunatly, in order to find this item, they have to iterate through all of the items
// in the listview. Listview will maintain a unique identifier.  The upper bound is the size of a DWORD.
#define LVM_MAPINDEXTOID                   (LVM_FIRST + 180)
#define ListView_MapIndexToID(hwnd, index) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPINDEXTOID, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX                (LVM_FIRST + 181)
#define ListView_MapIDToIndex(hwnd, id) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(id), (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE                   (LVM_FIRST + 182)
#define ListView_IsItemVisible(hwnd, index) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ListView_SetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd, himl) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define ListView_GetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, 0L)

#define LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT                              (LVM_FIRST + 204)
#define ListView_GetEmptyText(hwnd, pszText, cchText) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT, (WPARAM)(cchText), (LPARAM)(pszText))

#define LVM_GETFOOTERRECT                 (LVM_FIRST + 205)
#define ListView_GetFooterRect(hwnd, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERRECT, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(prc))

// footer flags
#define LVFF_ITEMCOUNT 0x00000001

    typedef struct tagLVFOOTERINFO
    {
        UINT mask; // LVFF_*
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        UINT cItems;
    } LVFOOTERINFO, *LPLVFOOTERINFO;

#define LVM_GETFOOTERINFO                   (LVM_FIRST + 206)
#define ListView_GetFooterInfo(hwnd, plvfi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERINFO, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(plvfi))

#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT                        (LVM_FIRST + 207)
#define ListView_GetFooterItemRect(hwnd, iItem, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(prc))

// footer item flags
#define LVFIF_TEXT  0x00000001
#define LVFIF_STATE 0x00000002

// footer item state
#define LVFIS_FOCUSED 0x0001

    typedef struct tagLVFOOTERITEM
    {
        UINT mask; // LVFIF_*
        int iItem;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        UINT state;     // LVFIS_*
        UINT stateMask; // LVFIS_*
    } LVFOOTERITEM, *LPLVFOOTERITEM;

#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEM                        (LVM_FIRST + 208)
#define ListView_GetFooterItem(hwnd, iItem, pfi) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEM, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(pfi))

    // supports a single item in multiple groups.
    typedef struct tagLVITEMINDEX
    {
        int iItem;  // listview item index
        int iGroup; // group index (must be -1 if group view is not enabled)
    } LVITEMINDEX, *PLVITEMINDEX;

#define LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT                                        (LVM_FIRST + 209)
#define ListView_GetItemIndexRect(hwnd, plvii, iSubItem, code, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX *)(plvii), ((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))

#define LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 210)
#define ListView_SetItemIndexState(hwndLV, plvii, data, mask)                                                    \
    {                                                                                                            \
        LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;                                                                                      \
        _macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);                                                                           \
        _macro_lvi.state = (data);                                                                               \
        SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX *)(plvii), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi); \
    }

#define LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX                          (LVM_FIRST + 211)
#define ListView_GetNextItemIndex(hwnd, plvii, flags) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX *)(plvii), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))

#endif

#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVBKIMAGE      LVBKIMAGEW
#define LPLVBKIMAGE    LPLVBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE LVM_SETBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE LVM_GETBKIMAGEW
#else
#define LVBKIMAGE      LVBKIMAGEA
#define LPLVBKIMAGE    LPLVBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE LVM_SETBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE LVM_GETBKIMAGEA
#endif

#define ListView_SetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))

#define ListView_GetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPNM_LISTVIEW LPNMLISTVIEW
#define NM_LISTVIEW   NMLISTVIEW
#else
#define tagNMLISTVIEW _NM_LISTVIEW
#define NMLISTVIEW    NM_LISTVIEW
#define LPNMLISTVIEW  LPNM_LISTVIEW
#endif

    typedef struct tagNMLISTVIEW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        UINT uNewState;
        UINT uOldState;
        UINT uChanged;
        POINT ptAction;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMLISTVIEW, *LPNMLISTVIEW;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x400)
    // NMITEMACTIVATE is used instead of NMLISTVIEW in IE >= 0x400
    // therefore all the fields are the same except for extra uKeyFlags
    // they are used to store key flags at the time of the single click with
    // delayed activation - because by the time the timer goes off a user may
    // not hold the keys (shift, ctrl) any more
    typedef struct tagNMITEMACTIVATE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        UINT uNewState;
        UINT uOldState;
        UINT uChanged;
        POINT ptAction;
        LPARAM lParam;
        UINT uKeyFlags;
    } NMITEMACTIVATE, *LPNMITEMACTIVATE;

// key flags stored in uKeyFlags
#define LVKF_ALT     0x0001
#define LVKF_CONTROL 0x0002
#define LVKF_SHIFT   0x0004
#endif //(_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NMLVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMLVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)

    typedef struct tagNMLVCUSTOMDRAW
    {
        NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
        COLORREF clrText;
        COLORREF clrTextBk;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        int iSubItem;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
        DWORD dwItemType;

        // Item custom draw
        COLORREF clrFace;
        int iIconEffect;
        int iIconPhase;
        int iPartId;
        int iStateId;

        // Group Custom Draw
        RECT rcText;
        UINT uAlign; // Alignment. Use LVGA_HEADER_CENTER, LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT, LVGA_HEADER_LEFT
#endif
    } NMLVCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW;

// dwItemType
#define LVCDI_ITEM  0x00000000
#define LVCDI_GROUP 0x00000001

// ListView custom draw return values
#define LVCDRF_NOSELECT     0x00010000
#define LVCDRF_NOGROUPFRAME 0x00020000

    typedef struct tagNMLVCACHEHINT
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iFrom;
        int iTo;
    } NMLVCACHEHINT, *LPNMLVCACHEHINT;

#define LPNM_CACHEHINT LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define PNM_CACHEHINT  LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define NM_CACHEHINT   NMLVCACHEHINT

    typedef struct tagNMLVFINDITEMA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iStart;
        LVFINDINFOA lvfi;
    } NMLVFINDITEMA, *LPNMLVFINDITEMA;

    typedef struct tagNMLVFINDITEMW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iStart;
        LVFINDINFOW lvfi;
    } NMLVFINDITEMW, *LPNMLVFINDITEMW;

#define PNM_FINDITEMA  LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEMA LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEMA   NMLVFINDITEMA

#define PNM_FINDITEMW  LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEMW LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEMW   NMLVFINDITEMW

#ifdef UNICODE
#define PNM_FINDITEM   PNM_FINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEM  LPNM_FINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEM    NM_FINDITEMW
#define NMLVFINDITEM   NMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#else
#define PNM_FINDITEM   PNM_FINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEM  LPNM_FINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEM    NM_FINDITEMA
#define NMLVFINDITEM   NMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#endif

    typedef struct tagNMLVODSTATECHANGE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iFrom;
        int iTo;
        UINT uNewState;
        UINT uOldState;
    } NMLVODSTATECHANGE, *LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE;

#define PNM_ODSTATECHANGE  LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define LPNM_ODSTATECHANGE LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define NM_ODSTATECHANGE   NMLVODSTATECHANGE
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#define LVN_ITEMCHANGING    (LVN_FIRST - 0)
#define LVN_ITEMCHANGED     (LVN_FIRST - 1)
#define LVN_INSERTITEM      (LVN_FIRST - 2)
#define LVN_DELETEITEM      (LVN_FIRST - 3)
#define LVN_DELETEALLITEMS  (LVN_FIRST - 4)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA (LVN_FIRST - 5)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW (LVN_FIRST - 75)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITA   (LVN_FIRST - 6)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITW   (LVN_FIRST - 76)
#define LVN_COLUMNCLICK     (LVN_FIRST - 8)
#define LVN_BEGINDRAG       (LVN_FIRST - 9)
#define LVN_BEGINRDRAG      (LVN_FIRST - 11)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVN_ODCACHEHINT (LVN_FIRST - 13)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMA (LVN_FIRST - 52)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMW (LVN_FIRST - 79)

#define LVN_ITEMACTIVATE   (LVN_FIRST - 14)
#define LVN_ODSTATECHANGED (LVN_FIRST - 15)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM LVN_ODFINDITEMW
#else
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM LVN_ODFINDITEMA
#endif
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVN_HOTTRACK (LVN_FIRST - 21)
#endif

#define LVN_GETDISPINFOA (LVN_FIRST - 50)
#define LVN_GETDISPINFOW (LVN_FIRST - 77)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOA (LVN_FIRST - 51)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOW (LVN_FIRST - 78)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT   LVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO    LVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO    LVN_SETDISPINFOW
#else
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT   LVN_ENDLABELEDITA
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO    LVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO    LVN_SETDISPINFOA
#endif

#define LVIF_DI_SETITEM 0x1000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_DISPINFOA NMLVDISPINFOA
#define LV_DISPINFOW NMLVDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagLVDISPINFO  _LV_DISPINFO
#define NMLVDISPINFOA  LV_DISPINFOA
#define tagLVDISPINFOW _LV_DISPINFOW
#define NMLVDISPINFOW  LV_DISPINFOW
#endif

#define LV_DISPINFO NMLVDISPINFO

    typedef struct tagLVDISPINFO
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LVITEMA item;
    } NMLVDISPINFOA, *LPNMLVDISPINFOA;

    typedef struct tagLVDISPINFOW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LVITEMW item;
    } NMLVDISPINFOW, *LPNMLVDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMLVDISPINFO NMLVDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMLVDISPINFO NMLVDISPINFOA
#endif

#define LVN_KEYDOWN (LVN_FIRST - 55)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_KEYDOWN NMLVKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagLVKEYDOWN _LV_KEYDOWN
#define NMLVKEYDOWN  LV_KEYDOWN
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <pshpack1.h>
#endif

    typedef struct tagLVKEYDOWN
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        WORD wVKey;
        UINT flags;
    } NMLVKEYDOWN, *LPNMLVKEYDOWN;

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <poppack.h>
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVN_MARQUEEBEGIN (LVN_FIRST - 56)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#define INVALID_LINK_INDEX (-1)
#define MAX_LINKID_TEXT    48
#define L_MAX_URL_LENGTH   2084

    /* SysLink structures */

    typedef struct tagLITEM
    {
        UINT mask;
        int iLink;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        WCHAR szID[MAX_LINKID_TEXT];
        WCHAR szUrl[L_MAX_URL_LENGTH];
    } LITEM, *PLITEM;

    typedef struct tagNMLVLINK
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LITEM link;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
    } NMLVLINK, *PNMLVLINK;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    typedef struct tagNMLVGETINFOTIPA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMLVGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA;

    typedef struct tagNMLVGETINFOTIPW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iItem;
        int iSubItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMLVGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW;

    // NMLVGETINFOTIPA.dwFlag values

#define LVGIT_UNFOLDED 0x0001

#define LVN_GETINFOTIPA (LVN_FIRST - 57)
#define LVN_GETINFOTIPW (LVN_FIRST - 58)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP   LVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP   NMLVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP   LVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP   NMLVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

    //
    //  LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH gives the app the opportunity to customize
    //  incremental search.  For example, if the items are numeric,
    //  the app can do numerical search instead of string search.
    //
    //  ListView notifies the app with NMLVFINDITEM.
    //  The app sets pnmfi->lvfi.lParam to the result of the incremental search,
    //  or to LVNSCH_DEFAULT if ListView should do the default search,
    //  or to LVNSCH_ERROR to fail the search and just beep,
    //  or to LVNSCH_IGNORE to stop all ListView processing.
    //
    //  The return value is not used.

#define LVNSCH_DEFAULT -1
#define LVNSCH_ERROR   -2
#define LVNSCH_IGNORE  -3

#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA (LVN_FIRST - 62)
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW (LVN_FIRST - 63)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW
#else
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVN_COLUMNDROPDOWN (LVN_FIRST - 64)

#define LVN_COLUMNOVERFLOWCLICK (LVN_FIRST - 66)

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    typedef struct tagNMLVSCROLL
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int dx;
        int dy;
    } NMLVSCROLL, *LPNMLVSCROLL;

#define LVN_BEGINSCROLL (LVN_FIRST - 80)
#define LVN_ENDSCROLL   (LVN_FIRST - 81)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVN_LINKCLICK (LVN_FIRST - 84)

#define EMF_CENTERED 0x00000001 // render markup centered in the listview area

    typedef struct tagNMLVEMPTYMARKUP
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        // out params from client back to listview
        DWORD dwFlags;                    // EMF_*
        WCHAR szMarkup[L_MAX_URL_LENGTH]; // markup displayed
    } NMLVEMPTYMARKUP;

#define LVN_GETEMPTYMARKUP (LVN_FIRST - 87)

#endif

#endif // NOLISTVIEW

    //====== TREEVIEW CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTREEVIEW

#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_TREEVIEWA "SysTreeView32"
#define WC_TREEVIEWW L"SysTreeView32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_TREEVIEW WC_TREEVIEWW
#else
#define WC_TREEVIEW WC_TREEVIEWA
#endif

#else
#define WC_TREEVIEW "SysTreeView"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define TVS_HASBUTTONS      0x0001
#define TVS_HASLINES        0x0002
#define TVS_LINESATROOT     0x0004
#define TVS_EDITLABELS      0x0008
#define TVS_DISABLEDRAGDROP 0x0010
#define TVS_SHOWSELALWAYS   0x0020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVS_RTLREADING 0x0040

#define TVS_NOTOOLTIPS  0x0080
#define TVS_CHECKBOXES  0x0100
#define TVS_TRACKSELECT 0x0200
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVS_SINGLEEXPAND  0x0400
#define TVS_INFOTIP       0x0800
#define TVS_FULLROWSELECT 0x1000
#define TVS_NOSCROLL      0x2000
#define TVS_NONEVENHEIGHT 0x4000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define TVS_NOHSCROLL 0x8000 // TVS_NOSCROLL overrides this
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVS_EX_MULTISELECT         0x0002
#define TVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER        0x0004
#define TVS_EX_NOINDENTSTATE       0x0008
#define TVS_EX_RICHTOOLTIP         0x0010
#define TVS_EX_AUTOHSCROLL         0x0020
#define TVS_EX_FADEINOUTEXPANDOS   0x0040
#define TVS_EX_PARTIALCHECKBOXES   0x0080
#define TVS_EX_EXCLUSIONCHECKBOXES 0x0100
#define TVS_EX_DIMMEDCHECKBOXES    0x0200
#define TVS_EX_DRAWIMAGEASYNC      0x0400
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

    struct _TREEITEM;
    typedef struct _TREEITEM *HTREEITEM;

#define TVIF_TEXT          0x0001
#define TVIF_IMAGE         0x0002
#define TVIF_PARAM         0x0004
#define TVIF_STATE         0x0008
#define TVIF_HANDLE        0x0010
#define TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE 0x0020
#define TVIF_CHILDREN      0x0040
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVIF_INTEGRAL 0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIF_STATEEX       0x0100
#define TVIF_EXPANDEDIMAGE 0x0200
#endif
#define TVIS_SELECTED     0x0002
#define TVIS_CUT          0x0004
#define TVIS_DROPHILITED  0x0008
#define TVIS_BOLD         0x0010
#define TVIS_EXPANDED     0x0020
#define TVIS_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0040
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVIS_EXPANDPARTIAL 0x0080
#endif

#define TVIS_OVERLAYMASK    0x0F00
#define TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK 0xF000
#define TVIS_USERMASK       0xF000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIS_EX_FLAT 0x0001
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVIS_EX_DISABLED 0x0002
#endif
#define TVIS_EX_ALL 0x0002

    // Structure for TreeView's NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING notification
    typedef struct tagNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        HTREEITEM hti;
        int iOldStateImageIndex;
        int iNewStateImageIndex;
    } NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING, *LPNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING;
#endif

#define I_CHILDRENCALLBACK (-1)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_ITEMW LPTVITEMW
#define LPTV_ITEMA LPTVITEMA
#define TV_ITEMW   TVITEMW
#define TV_ITEMA   TVITEMA
#else
#define tagTVITEMA _TV_ITEMA
#define TVITEMA    TV_ITEMA
#define LPTVITEMA  LPTV_ITEMA
#define tagTVITEMW _TV_ITEMW
#define TVITEMW    TV_ITEMW
#define LPTVITEMW  LPTV_ITEMW
#endif

#define LPTV_ITEM LPTVITEM
#define TV_ITEM   TVITEM

    typedef struct tagTVITEMA
    {
        UINT mask;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int cChildren;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } TVITEMA, *LPTVITEMA;

    typedef struct tagTVITEMW
    {
        UINT mask;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int cChildren;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } TVITEMW, *LPTVITEMW;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    // only used for Get and Set messages.  no notifies
    typedef struct tagTVITEMEXA
    {
        UINT mask;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int cChildren;
        LPARAM lParam;
        int iIntegral;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
        UINT uStateEx;
        HWND hwnd;
        int iExpandedImage;
#endif
    } TVITEMEXA, *LPTVITEMEXA;
    // only used for Get and Set messages.  no notifies
    typedef struct tagTVITEMEXW
    {
        UINT mask;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        UINT state;
        UINT stateMask;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int cChildren;
        LPARAM lParam;
        int iIntegral;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
        UINT uStateEx;
        HWND hwnd;
        int iExpandedImage;
#endif
    } TVITEMEXW, *LPTVITEMEXW;
#ifdef UNICODE
    typedef TVITEMEXW TVITEMEX;
    typedef LPTVITEMEXW LPTVITEMEX;
#else
    typedef TVITEMEXA TVITEMEX;
    typedef LPTVITEMEXA LPTVITEMEX;
#endif // UNICODE

#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVITEM   TVITEMW
#define LPTVITEM LPTVITEMW
#else
#define TVITEM   TVITEMA
#define LPTVITEM LPTVITEMA
#endif

#define TVI_ROOT  ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x10000)
#define TVI_FIRST ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFF)
#define TVI_LAST  ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFE)
#define TVI_SORT  ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFD)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTA LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTW LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTA   TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTW   TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#else
#define tagTVINSERTSTRUCTA _TV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTA    TV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA  LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define tagTVINSERTSTRUCTW _TV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTW    TV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW  LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#endif

#define TV_INSERTSTRUCT   TVINSERTSTRUCT
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT LPTVINSERTSTRUCT

#define TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTA, item)
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTW, item)

    typedef struct tagTVINSERTSTRUCTA
    {
        HTREEITEM hParent;
        HTREEITEM hInsertAfter;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        union {
            TVITEMEXA itemex;
            TV_ITEMA item;
        } DUMMYUNIONNAME;
#else
        TV_ITEMA item;
#endif
    } TVINSERTSTRUCTA, *LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA;

    typedef struct tagTVINSERTSTRUCTW
    {
        HTREEITEM hParent;
        HTREEITEM hInsertAfter;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        union {
            TVITEMEXW itemex;
            TV_ITEMW item;
        } DUMMYUNIONNAME;
#else
        TV_ITEMW item;
#endif
    } TVINSERTSTRUCTW, *LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT         TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCT       LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT         TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCT       LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define TVM_INSERTITEMA (TV_FIRST + 0)
#define TVM_INSERTITEMW (TV_FIRST + 50)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_INSERTITEM TVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define TVM_INSERTITEM TVM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_InsertItem(hwnd, lpis) (HTREEITEM) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT)(lpis))

#define TVM_DELETEITEM                   (TV_FIRST + 1)
#define TreeView_DeleteItem(hwnd, hitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TreeView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)TVI_ROOT)

#define TVM_EXPAND                         (TV_FIRST + 2)
#define TreeView_Expand(hwnd, hitem, code) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EXPAND, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVE_COLLAPSE 0x0001
#define TVE_EXPAND   0x0002
#define TVE_TOGGLE   0x0003
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVE_EXPANDPARTIAL 0x4000
#endif
#define TVE_COLLAPSERESET 0x8000

#define TVM_GETITEMRECT                              (TV_FIRST + 4)
#define TreeView_GetItemRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, code) (*(HTREEITEM *)(prc) = (hitem), (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)))

#define TVM_GETCOUNT            (TV_FIRST + 5)
#define TreeView_GetCount(hwnd) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETCOUNT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_GETINDENT            (TV_FIRST + 6)
#define TreeView_GetIndent(hwnd) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINDENT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETINDENT                    (TV_FIRST + 7)
#define TreeView_SetIndent(hwnd, indent) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINDENT, (WPARAM)(indent), 0)

#define TVM_GETIMAGELIST                    (TV_FIRST + 8)
#define TreeView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImage) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETIMAGELIST, iImage, 0)

#define TVSIL_NORMAL 0
#define TVSIL_STATE  2

#define TVM_SETIMAGELIST                          (TV_FIRST + 9)
#define TreeView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImage) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETIMAGELIST, iImage, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define TVM_GETNEXTITEM                         (TV_FIRST + 10)
#define TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, code) (HTREEITEM) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVGN_ROOT            0x0000
#define TVGN_NEXT            0x0001
#define TVGN_PREVIOUS        0x0002
#define TVGN_PARENT          0x0003
#define TVGN_CHILD           0x0004
#define TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE    0x0005
#define TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE     0x0006
#define TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE 0x0007
#define TVGN_DROPHILITE      0x0008
#define TVGN_CARET           0x0009
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVGN_LASTVISIBLE 0x000A
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVGN_NEXTSELECTED 0x000B
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TVSI_NOSINGLEEXPAND 0x8000 // Should not conflict with TVGN flags.
#endif

#define TreeView_GetChild(hwnd, hitem)       TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CHILD)
#define TreeView_GetNextSibling(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXT)
#define TreeView_GetPrevSibling(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUS)
#define TreeView_GetParent(hwnd, hitem)      TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PARENT)
#define TreeView_GetFirstVisible(hwnd)       TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetNextVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetPrevVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetSelection(hwnd)          TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_GetDropHilight(hwnd)        TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_GetRoot(hwnd)               TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_ROOT)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TreeView_GetLastVisible(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_LASTVISIBLE)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TreeView_GetNextSelected(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXTSELECTED)
#endif

#define TVM_SELECTITEM                     (TV_FIRST + 11)
#define TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, code) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SELECTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TreeView_SelectItem(hwnd, hitem)            TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_SelectDropTarget(hwnd, hitem)      TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_SelectSetFirstVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)

#define TVM_GETITEMA (TV_FIRST + 12)
#define TVM_GETITEMW (TV_FIRST + 62)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_GETITEM TVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define TVM_GETITEM TVM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define TVM_SETITEMA (TV_FIRST + 13)
#define TVM_SETITEMW (TV_FIRST + 63)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_SETITEM TVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define TVM_SETITEM TVM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const TV_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define TVM_EDITLABELA (TV_FIRST + 14)
#define TVM_EDITLABELW (TV_FIRST + 65)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_EDITLABEL TVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define TVM_EDITLABEL TVM_EDITLABELA
#endif

#define TreeView_EditLabel(hwnd, hitem) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EDITLABEL, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVM_GETEDITCONTROL            (TV_FIRST + 15)
#define TreeView_GetEditControl(hwnd) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0)

#define TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT            (TV_FIRST + 16)
#define TreeView_GetVisibleCount(hwnd) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_HITTEST                  (TV_FIRST + 17)
#define TreeView_HitTest(hwnd, lpht) (HTREEITEM) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_HITTESTINFO)(lpht))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_HITTESTINFO LPTVHITTESTINFO
#define TV_HITTESTINFO   TVHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagTVHITTESTINFO _TV_HITTESTINFO
#define TVHITTESTINFO    TV_HITTESTINFO
#define LPTVHITTESTINFO  LPTV_HITTESTINFO
#endif

    typedef struct tagTVHITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        UINT flags;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
    } TVHITTESTINFO, *LPTVHITTESTINFO;

#define TVHT_NOWHERE         0x0001
#define TVHT_ONITEMICON      0x0002
#define TVHT_ONITEMLABEL     0x0004
#define TVHT_ONITEM          (TVHT_ONITEMICON | TVHT_ONITEMLABEL | TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)
#define TVHT_ONITEMINDENT    0x0008
#define TVHT_ONITEMBUTTON    0x0010
#define TVHT_ONITEMRIGHT     0x0020
#define TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0040

#define TVHT_ABOVE   0x0100
#define TVHT_BELOW   0x0200
#define TVHT_TORIGHT 0x0400
#define TVHT_TOLEFT  0x0800

#define TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE                   (TV_FIRST + 18)
#define TreeView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, hitem) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVM_SORTCHILDREN                            (TV_FIRST + 19)
#define TreeView_SortChildren(hwnd, hitem, recurse) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDREN, (WPARAM)(recurse), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE                   (TV_FIRST + 20)
#define TreeView_EnsureVisible(hwnd, hitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))

#define TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB                            (TV_FIRST + 21)
#define TreeView_SortChildrenCB(hwnd, psort, recurse) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB, (WPARAM)(recurse), (LPARAM)(LPTV_SORTCB)(psort))

#define TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW                     (TV_FIRST + 22)
#define TreeView_EndEditLabelNow(hwnd, fCancel) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW, (WPARAM)(fCancel), 0)

#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA (TV_FIRST + 23)
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW (TV_FIRST + 64)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVM_SETTOOLTIPS                    (TV_FIRST + 24)
#define TreeView_SetToolTips(hwnd, hwndTT) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0)
#define TVM_GETTOOLTIPS                    (TV_FIRST + 25)
#define TreeView_GetToolTips(hwnd)         (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)
#endif

#define TreeView_GetISearchString(hwndTV, lpsz) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVM_SETINSERTMARK                           (TV_FIRST + 26)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, hItem, fAfter) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM)(fAfter), (LPARAM)(hItem))

#define TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT                      CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT            CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT                     (TV_FIRST + 27)
#define TreeView_SetItemHeight(hwnd, iHeight) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT, (WPARAM)(iHeight), 0)
#define TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT                     (TV_FIRST + 28)
#define TreeView_GetItemHeight(hwnd)          (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETBKCOLOR                 (TV_FIRST + 29)
#define TreeView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR                 (TV_FIRST + 30)
#define TreeView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clr) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_GETBKCOLOR            (TV_FIRST + 31)
#define TreeView_GetBkColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR            (TV_FIRST + 32)
#define TreeView_GetTextColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETSCROLLTIME                   (TV_FIRST + 33)
#define TreeView_SetScrollTime(hwnd, uTime) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETSCROLLTIME, uTime, 0)

#define TVM_GETSCROLLTIME            (TV_FIRST + 34)
#define TreeView_GetScrollTime(hwnd) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSCROLLTIME, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR                 (TV_FIRST + 37)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, clr) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR                 (TV_FIRST + 38)
#define TreeView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd)      (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#endif /* (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400) */

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
// tvm_?etitemstate only uses mask, state and stateMask.
// so unicode or ansi is irrelevant.
#define TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, data, _mask)                \
    {                                                                  \
        TVITEM _ms_TVi;                                                \
        _ms_TVi.mask = TVIF_STATE;                                     \
        _ms_TVi.hItem = (hti);                                         \
        _ms_TVi.stateMask = (_mask);                                   \
        _ms_TVi.state = (data);                                        \
        SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)&_ms_TVi); \
    }

#define TreeView_SetCheckState(hwndTV, hti, fCheck) TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck) ? 2 : 1), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)

#define TVM_GETITEMSTATE                         (TV_FIRST + 39)
#define TreeView_GetItemState(hwndTV, hti, mask) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), (LPARAM)(mask))

#define TreeView_GetCheckState(hwndTV, hti) ((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) - 1)

#define TVM_SETLINECOLOR                 (TV_FIRST + 40)
#define TreeView_SetLineColor(hwnd, clr) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETLINECOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_GETLINECOLOR            (TV_FIRST + 41)
#define TreeView_GetLineColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETLINECOLOR, 0, 0)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM                (TV_FIRST + 42)
#define TreeView_MapAccIDToHTREEITEM(hwnd, id) (HTREEITEM) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM, id, 0)

#define TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID                       (TV_FIRST + 43)
#define TreeView_MapHTREEITEMToAccID(hwnd, htreeitem) (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID, (WPARAM)(htreeitem), 0)

#define TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE                      (TV_FIRST + 44)
#define TreeView_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw, mask) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, mask, dw)

#define TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE            (TV_FIRST + 45)
#define TreeView_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO                                     (TV_FIRST + 59)
#define TreeView_SetAutoScrollInfo(hwnd, uPixPerSec, uUpdateTime) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO, (WPARAM)(uPixPerSec), (LPARAM)(uUpdateTime))
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT            (TV_FIRST + 70)
#define TreeView_GetSelectedCount(hwnd) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SHOWINFOTIP                   (TV_FIRST + 71)
#define TreeView_ShowInfoTip(hwnd, hitem) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SHOWINFOTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(hitem))

    typedef enum _TVITEMPART
    {
        TVGIPR_BUTTON = 0x0001,
    } TVITEMPART;

    typedef struct tagTVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO
    {
        HTREEITEM hti;
        RECT *prc;
        TVITEMPART partID;
    } TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO;

#define TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT (TV_FIRST + 72)
#define TreeView_GetItemPartRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, partid)            \
    {                                                                 \
        TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO info;                                   \
        info.hti = (hitem);                                           \
        info.prc = (prc);                                             \
        info.partID = (partid);                                       \
        (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&info); \
    }

#endif

    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNTVCOMPARE)(LPARAM lParam1, LPARAM lParam2, LPARAM lParamSort);

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_SORTCB LPTVSORTCB
#define TV_SORTCB   TVSORTCB
#else
#define tagTVSORTCB _TV_SORTCB
#define TVSORTCB    TV_SORTCB
#define LPTVSORTCB  LPTV_SORTCB
#endif

    typedef struct tagTVSORTCB
    {
        HTREEITEM hParent;
        PFNTVCOMPARE lpfnCompare;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } TVSORTCB, *LPTVSORTCB;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWA LPNMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWW LPNMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWW   NMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWA   NMTREEVIEWA
#else
#define tagNMTREEVIEWA _NM_TREEVIEWA
#define tagNMTREEVIEWW _NM_TREEVIEWW
#define NMTREEVIEWA    NM_TREEVIEWA
#define NMTREEVIEWW    NM_TREEVIEWW
#define LPNMTREEVIEWA  LPNM_TREEVIEWA
#define LPNMTREEVIEWW  LPNM_TREEVIEWW
#endif

#define LPNM_TREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEW
#define NM_TREEVIEW   NMTREEVIEW

    typedef struct tagNMTREEVIEWA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT action;
        TVITEMA itemOld;
        TVITEMA itemNew;
        POINT ptDrag;
    } NMTREEVIEWA, *LPNMTREEVIEWA;

    typedef struct tagNMTREEVIEWW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT action;
        TVITEMW itemOld;
        TVITEMW itemNew;
        POINT ptDrag;
    } NMTREEVIEWW, *LPNMTREEVIEWW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTREEVIEW   NMTREEVIEWW
#define LPNMTREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEWW
#else
#define NMTREEVIEW   NMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNMTREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEWA
#endif

#define TVN_SELCHANGINGA (TVN_FIRST - 1)
#define TVN_SELCHANGINGW (TVN_FIRST - 50)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDA  (TVN_FIRST - 2)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDW  (TVN_FIRST - 51)

#define TVC_UNKNOWN    0x0000
#define TVC_BYMOUSE    0x0001
#define TVC_BYKEYBOARD 0x0002

#define TVN_GETDISPINFOA (TVN_FIRST - 3)
#define TVN_GETDISPINFOW (TVN_FIRST - 52)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOA (TVN_FIRST - 4)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOW (TVN_FIRST - 53)

#define TVIF_DI_SETITEM 0x1000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TV_DISPINFOA NMTVDISPINFOA
#define TV_DISPINFOW NMTVDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagTVDISPINFOA _TV_DISPINFOA
#define NMTVDISPINFOA  TV_DISPINFOA
#define tagTVDISPINFOW _TV_DISPINFOW
#define NMTVDISPINFOW  TV_DISPINFOW
#endif

#define TV_DISPINFO NMTVDISPINFO

    typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        TVITEMA item;
    } NMTVDISPINFOA, *LPNMTVDISPINFOA;

    typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        TVITEMW item;
    } NMTVDISPINFOW, *LPNMTVDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFO   NMTVDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO LPNMTVDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFO   NMTVDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO LPNMTVDISPINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)

    typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOEXA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        TVITEMEXA item;
    } NMTVDISPINFOEXA, *LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA;

    typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOEXW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        TVITEMEXW item;
    } NMTVDISPINFOEXW, *LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX   NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX   NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA
#endif

#define TV_DISPINFOEXA NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define TV_DISPINFOEXW NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define TV_DISPINFOEX  NMTVDISPINFOEX

#endif
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA  (TVN_FIRST - 5)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW  (TVN_FIRST - 54)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA   (TVN_FIRST - 6)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW   (TVN_FIRST - 55)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGA      (TVN_FIRST - 7)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGW      (TVN_FIRST - 56)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGA     (TVN_FIRST - 8)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGW     (TVN_FIRST - 57)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMA     (TVN_FIRST - 9)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMW     (TVN_FIRST - 58)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA (TVN_FIRST - 10)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW (TVN_FIRST - 59)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITA   (TVN_FIRST - 11)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITW   (TVN_FIRST - 60)
#define TVN_KEYDOWN         (TVN_FIRST - 12)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPA  (TVN_FIRST - 13)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPW  (TVN_FIRST - 14)
#define TVN_SINGLEEXPAND (TVN_FIRST - 15)

#define TVNRET_DEFAULT 0
#define TVNRET_SKIPOLD 1
#define TVNRET_SKIPNEW 2
#endif // 0x400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA (TVN_FIRST - 16)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW (TVN_FIRST - 17)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA  (TVN_FIRST - 18)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW  (TVN_FIRST - 19)
#define TVN_ASYNCDRAW     (TVN_FIRST - 20)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TV_KEYDOWN NMTVKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagTVKEYDOWN _TV_KEYDOWN
#define NMTVKEYDOWN  TV_KEYDOWN
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <pshpack1.h>
#endif

    typedef struct tagTVKEYDOWN
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        WORD wVKey;
        UINT flags;
    } NMTVKEYDOWN, *LPNMTVKEYDOWN;

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <poppack.h>
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_SELCHANGING    TVN_SELCHANGINGW
#define TVN_SELCHANGED     TVN_SELCHANGEDW
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO    TVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO    TVN_SETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING  TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED   TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG      TVN_BEGINDRAGW
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG     TVN_BEGINRDRAGW
#define TVN_DELETEITEM     TVN_DELETEITEMW
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT   TVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#else
#define TVN_SELCHANGING    TVN_SELCHANGINGA
#define TVN_SELCHANGED     TVN_SELCHANGEDA
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO    TVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO    TVN_SETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING  TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED   TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG      TVN_BEGINDRAGA
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG     TVN_BEGINRDRAGA
#define TVN_DELETEITEM     TVN_DELETEITEMA
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT   TVN_ENDLABELEDITA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NMTVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)

    typedef struct tagNMTVCUSTOMDRAW
    {
        NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
        COLORREF clrText;
        COLORREF clrTextBk;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
        int iLevel;
#endif
    } NMTVCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMTVCUSTOMDRAW;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

    // for tooltips

    typedef struct tagNMTVGETINFOTIPA
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMTVGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA;

    typedef struct tagNMTVGETINFOTIPW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMTVGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP   TVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP   NMTVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP   TVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP   NMTVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA
#endif

// treeview's customdraw return meaning don't draw images.  valid on CDRF_NOTIFYITEMPREPAINT
#define TVCDRF_NOIMAGES 0x00010000

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE > 0x0600)
    typedef struct tagTVITEMCHANGE
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        UINT uChanged;
        HTREEITEM hItem;
        UINT uStateNew;
        UINT uStateOld;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } NMTVITEMCHANGE;

    typedef struct tagNMTVASYNCDRAW
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS *pimldp; // the draw that failed
        HRESULT hr;                  // why it failed
        HTREEITEM hItem;             // item that failed to draw icon
        LPARAM lParam;               // its data
        // Out Params
        DWORD dwRetFlags;   // What listview should do on return
        int iRetImageIndex; // used if ADRF_DRAWIMAGE is returned
    } NMTVASYNCDRAW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED  TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#else
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED  TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA
#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600

#endif // NOTREEVIEW

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)

#ifndef NOUSEREXCONTROLS

    ////////////////////  ComboBoxEx ////////////////////////////////

#define WC_COMBOBOXEXW L"ComboBoxEx32"
#define WC_COMBOBOXEXA "ComboBoxEx32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX WC_COMBOBOXEXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX WC_COMBOBOXEXA
#endif

#define CBEIF_TEXT          0x00000001
#define CBEIF_IMAGE         0x00000002
#define CBEIF_SELECTEDIMAGE 0x00000004
#define CBEIF_OVERLAY       0x00000008
#define CBEIF_INDENT        0x00000010
#define CBEIF_LPARAM        0x00000020

#define CBEIF_DI_SETITEM 0x10000000

    typedef struct tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
    {
        UINT mask;
        INT_PTR iItem;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int iOverlay;
        int iIndent;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } COMBOBOXEXITEMA, *PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA;
    typedef COMBOBOXEXITEMA CONST *PCCOMBOEXITEMA;

    typedef struct tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
    {
        UINT mask;
        INT_PTR iItem;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
        int iSelectedImage;
        int iOverlay;
        int iIndent;
        LPARAM lParam;
    } COMBOBOXEXITEMW, *PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW;
    typedef COMBOBOXEXITEMW CONST *PCCOMBOEXITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM   COMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM  PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#else
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM   COMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM  PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
#endif

#define CBEM_INSERTITEMA     (WM_USER + 1)
#define CBEM_SETIMAGELIST    (WM_USER + 2)
#define CBEM_GETIMAGELIST    (WM_USER + 3)
#define CBEM_GETITEMA        (WM_USER + 4)
#define CBEM_SETITEMA        (WM_USER + 5)
#define CBEM_DELETEITEM      CB_DELETESTRING
#define CBEM_GETCOMBOCONTROL (WM_USER + 6)
#define CBEM_GETEDITCONTROL  (WM_USER + 7)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEM_SETEXSTYLE       (WM_USER + 8)  // use  SETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 14) // lparam == new style, wParam (optional) == mask
#define CBEM_GETEXSTYLE       (WM_USER + 9)  // use GETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 9)
#define CBEM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define CBEM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#else
#define CBEM_SETEXSTYLE (WM_USER + 8)
#define CBEM_GETEXSTYLE (WM_USER + 9)
#endif
#define CBEM_HASEDITCHANGED (WM_USER + 10)
#define CBEM_INSERTITEMW    (WM_USER + 11)
#define CBEM_SETITEMW       (WM_USER + 12)
#define CBEM_GETITEMW       (WM_USER + 13)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM CBEM_INSERTITEMW
#define CBEM_SETITEM    CBEM_SETITEMW
#define CBEM_GETITEM    CBEM_GETITEMW
#else
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM CBEM_INSERTITEMA
#define CBEM_SETITEM    CBEM_SETITEMA
#define CBEM_GETITEM    CBEM_GETITEMA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CBEM_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGE       0x00000001
#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGEINDENT 0x00000002
#define CBES_EX_PATHWORDBREAKPROC 0x00000004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBES_EX_NOSIZELIMIT   0x00000008
#define CBES_EX_CASESENSITIVE 0x00000010
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define CBES_EX_TEXTENDELLIPSIS 0x00000020
#endif

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        COMBOBOXEXITEMA ceItem;
    } NMCOMBOBOXEXA, *PNMCOMBOBOXEXA;

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        COMBOBOXEXITEMW ceItem;
    } NMCOMBOBOXEXW, *PNMCOMBOBOXEXW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX     NMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX    PNMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO CBEN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX     NMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX    PNMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO CBEN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif

#else
    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        COMBOBOXEXITEM ceItem;
    } NMCOMBOBOXEX, *PNMCOMBOBOXEX;

#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO (CBEN_FIRST - 0)

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOA (CBEN_FIRST - 0)
#endif
#define CBEN_INSERTITEM (CBEN_FIRST - 1)
#define CBEN_DELETEITEM (CBEN_FIRST - 2)
#define CBEN_BEGINEDIT  (CBEN_FIRST - 4)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITA   (CBEN_FIRST - 5)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITW   (CBEN_FIRST - 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOW (CBEN_FIRST - 7)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINA (CBEN_FIRST - 8)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINW (CBEN_FIRST - 9)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINW
#else
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINA
#endif

#endif //(_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

// lParam specifies why the endedit is happening
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITW
#else
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITA
#endif

#define CBENF_KILLFOCUS 1
#define CBENF_RETURN    2
#define CBENF_ESCAPE    3
#define CBENF_DROPDOWN  4

#define CBEMAXSTRLEN 260

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    // CBEN_DRAGBEGIN sends this information ...

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItemid;
        WCHAR szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
    } NMCBEDRAGBEGINW, *LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW, *PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW;

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iItemid;
        char szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
    } NMCBEDRAGBEGINA, *LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA, *PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCBEDRAGBEGIN   NMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN  PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#else
#define NMCBEDRAGBEGIN   NMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN  PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#endif
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

    // CBEN_ENDEDIT sends this information...
    // fChanged if the user actually did anything
    // iNewSelection gives what would be the new selection unless the notify is failed
    //                      iNewSelection may be CB_ERR if there's no match
    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        BOOL fChanged;
        int iNewSelection;
        WCHAR szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
        int iWhy;
    } NMCBEENDEDITW, *LPNMCBEENDEDITW, *PNMCBEENDEDITW;

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        BOOL fChanged;
        int iNewSelection;
        char szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
        int iWhy;
    } NMCBEENDEDITA, *LPNMCBEENDEDITA, *PNMCBEENDEDITA;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCBEENDEDIT   NMCBEENDEDITW
#define LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITW
#define PNMCBEENDEDIT  PNMCBEENDEDITW
#else
#define NMCBEENDEDIT   NMCBEENDEDITA
#define LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITA
#define PNMCBEENDEDIT  PNMCBEENDEDITA
#endif

#endif

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

    //====== TAB CONTROL ==========================================================

#ifndef NOTABCONTROL

#ifdef _WIN32

#define WC_TABCONTROLA "SysTabControl32"
#define WC_TABCONTROLW L"SysTabControl32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_TABCONTROL WC_TABCONTROLW
#else
#define WC_TABCONTROL WC_TABCONTROLA
#endif

#else
#define WC_TABCONTROL "SysTabControl"
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCS_SCROLLOPPOSITE 0x0001 // assumes multiline tab
#define TCS_BOTTOM         0x0002
#define TCS_RIGHT          0x0002
#define TCS_MULTISELECT    0x0004 // allow multi-select in button mode
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCS_FLATBUTTONS 0x0008
#endif
#define TCS_FORCEICONLEFT  0x0010
#define TCS_FORCELABELLEFT 0x0020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCS_HOTTRACK 0x0040
#define TCS_VERTICAL 0x0080
#endif
#define TCS_TABS              0x0000
#define TCS_BUTTONS           0x0100
#define TCS_SINGLELINE        0x0000
#define TCS_MULTILINE         0x0200
#define TCS_RIGHTJUSTIFY      0x0000
#define TCS_FIXEDWIDTH        0x0400
#define TCS_RAGGEDRIGHT       0x0800
#define TCS_FOCUSONBUTTONDOWN 0x1000
#define TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED    0x2000
#define TCS_TOOLTIPS          0x4000
#define TCS_FOCUSNEVER        0x8000

    // end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// EX styles for use with TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE
#define TCS_EX_FLATSEPARATORS 0x00000001
#define TCS_EX_REGISTERDROP   0x00000002
#endif

#define TCM_GETIMAGELIST           (TCM_FIRST + 2)
#define TabCtrl_GetImageList(hwnd) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, 0L)

#define TCM_SETIMAGELIST                 (TCM_FIRST + 3)
#define TabCtrl_SetImageList(hwnd, himl) (HIMAGELIST) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define TCM_GETITEMCOUNT           (TCM_FIRST + 4)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemCount(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define TCIF_TEXT       0x0001
#define TCIF_IMAGE      0x0002
#define TCIF_RTLREADING 0x0004
#define TCIF_PARAM      0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCIF_STATE 0x0010

#define TCIS_BUTTONPRESSED 0x0001
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCIS_HIGHLIGHTED 0x0002
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_ITEMHEADERA TCITEMHEADERA
#define TC_ITEMHEADERW TCITEMHEADERW
#else
#define tagTCITEMHEADERA _TC_ITEMHEADERA
#define TCITEMHEADERA    TC_ITEMHEADERA
#define tagTCITEMHEADERW _TC_ITEMHEADERW
#define TCITEMHEADERW    TC_ITEMHEADERW
#endif
#define TC_ITEMHEADER TCITEMHEADER

    typedef struct tagTCITEMHEADERA
    {
        UINT mask;
        UINT lpReserved1;
        UINT lpReserved2;
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
    } TCITEMHEADERA, *LPTCITEMHEADERA;

    typedef struct tagTCITEMHEADERW
    {
        UINT mask;
        UINT lpReserved1;
        UINT lpReserved2;
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;
    } TCITEMHEADERW, *LPTCITEMHEADERW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCITEMHEADER   TCITEMHEADERW
#define LPTCITEMHEADER LPTCITEMHEADERW
#else
#define TCITEMHEADER   TCITEMHEADERA
#define LPTCITEMHEADER LPTCITEMHEADERA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_ITEMA TCITEMA
#define TC_ITEMW TCITEMW
#else
#define tagTCITEMA _TC_ITEMA
#define TCITEMA    TC_ITEMA
#define tagTCITEMW _TC_ITEMW
#define TCITEMW    TC_ITEMW
#endif
#define TC_ITEM TCITEM

    typedef struct tagTCITEMA
    {
        UINT mask;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        DWORD dwState;
        DWORD dwStateMask;
#else
        UINT lpReserved1;
        UINT lpReserved2;
#endif
        LPSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;

        LPARAM lParam;
    } TCITEMA, *LPTCITEMA;

    typedef struct tagTCITEMW
    {
        UINT mask;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
        DWORD dwState;
        DWORD dwStateMask;
#else
        UINT lpReserved1;
        UINT lpReserved2;
#endif
        LPWSTR pszText;
        int cchTextMax;
        int iImage;

        LPARAM lParam;
    } TCITEMW, *LPTCITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCITEM   TCITEMW
#define LPTCITEM LPTCITEMW
#else
#define TCITEM   TCITEMA
#define LPTCITEM LPTCITEMA
#endif

#define TCM_GETITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 5)
#define TCM_GETITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 60)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_GETITEM TCM_GETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_GETITEM TCM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_GetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define TCM_SETITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 6)
#define TCM_SETITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 61)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_SETITEM TCM_SETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_SETITEM TCM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_SetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define TCM_INSERTITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 7)
#define TCM_INSERTITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 62)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_INSERTITEM TCM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define TCM_INSERTITEM TCM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_InsertItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(const TC_ITEM *)(pitem))

#define TCM_DELETEITEM              (TCM_FIRST + 8)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)

#define TCM_DELETEALLITEMS           (TCM_FIRST + 9)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)

#define TCM_GETITEMRECT                   (TCM_FIRST + 10)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define TCM_GETCURSEL           (TCM_FIRST + 11)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurSel(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURSEL, 0, 0)

#define TCM_SETCURSEL              (TCM_FIRST + 12)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurSel(hwnd, i) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define TCHT_NOWHERE     0x0001
#define TCHT_ONITEMICON  0x0002
#define TCHT_ONITEMLABEL 0x0004
#define TCHT_ONITEM      (TCHT_ONITEMICON | TCHT_ONITEMLABEL)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTC_HITTESTINFO LPTCHITTESTINFO
#define TC_HITTESTINFO   TCHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagTCHITTESTINFO _TC_HITTESTINFO
#define TCHITTESTINFO    TC_HITTESTINFO
#define LPTCHITTESTINFO  LPTC_HITTESTINFO
#endif

    typedef struct tagTCHITTESTINFO
    {
        POINT pt;
        UINT flags;
    } TCHITTESTINFO, *LPTCHITTESTINFO;

#define TCM_HITTEST                    (TCM_FIRST + 13)
#define TabCtrl_HitTest(hwndTC, pinfo) (int)SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(TC_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))

#define TCM_SETITEMEXTRA                 (TCM_FIRST + 14)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemExtra(hwndTC, cb) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_SETITEMEXTRA, (WPARAM)(cb), 0L)

#define TCM_ADJUSTRECT                         (TCM_FIRST + 40)
#define TabCtrl_AdjustRect(hwnd, bLarger, prc) (int)SNDMSG(hwnd, TCM_ADJUSTRECT, (WPARAM)(BOOL)(bLarger), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define TCM_SETITEMSIZE                 (TCM_FIRST + 41)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemSize(hwnd, x, y) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0, MAKELPARAM(x, y))

#define TCM_REMOVEIMAGE              (TCM_FIRST + 42)
#define TabCtrl_RemoveImage(hwnd, i) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_REMOVEIMAGE, i, 0L)

#define TCM_SETPADDING                   (TCM_FIRST + 43)
#define TabCtrl_SetPadding(hwnd, cx, cy) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETPADDING, 0, MAKELPARAM(cx, cy))

#define TCM_GETROWCOUNT           (TCM_FIRST + 44)
#define TabCtrl_GetRowCount(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETROWCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define TCM_GETTOOLTIPS           (TCM_FIRST + 45)
#define TabCtrl_GetToolTips(hwnd) (HWND) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0L)

#define TCM_SETTOOLTIPS                   (TCM_FIRST + 46)
#define TabCtrl_SetToolTips(hwnd, hwndTT) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0L)

#define TCM_GETCURFOCUS           (TCM_FIRST + 47)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurFocus(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURFOCUS, 0, 0)

#define TCM_SETCURFOCUS              (TCM_FIRST + 48)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurFocus(hwnd, i) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETCURFOCUS, i, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH              (TCM_FIRST + 49)
#define TabCtrl_SetMinTabWidth(hwnd, x) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH, 0, x)

#define TCM_DESELECTALL                          (TCM_FIRST + 50)
#define TabCtrl_DeselectAll(hwnd, fExcludeFocus) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DESELECTALL, fExcludeFocus, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM                          (TCM_FIRST + 51)
#define TabCtrl_HighlightItem(hwnd, i, fHighlight) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(fHighlight, 0))

#define TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE               (TCM_FIRST + 52) // optional wParam == mask
#define TabCtrl_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, dw)

#define TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE           (TCM_FIRST + 53)
#define TabCtrl_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT                     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT           CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#define TCN_KEYDOWN (TCN_FIRST - 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_KEYDOWN NMTCKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagTCKEYDOWN _TC_KEYDOWN
#define NMTCKEYDOWN  TC_KEYDOWN
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <pshpack1.h>
#endif

    typedef struct tagTCKEYDOWN
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        WORD wVKey;
        UINT flags;
    } NMTCKEYDOWN;

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <poppack.h>
#endif

#define TCN_SELCHANGE   (TCN_FIRST - 1)
#define TCN_SELCHANGING (TCN_FIRST - 2)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCN_GETOBJECT (TCN_FIRST - 3)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TCN_FOCUSCHANGE (TCN_FIRST - 4)
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500
#endif // NOTABCONTROL

    //====== ANIMATE CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOANIMATE

#ifdef _WIN32

#define ANIMATE_CLASSW L"SysAnimate32"
#define ANIMATE_CLASSA "SysAnimate32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define ANIMATE_CLASS ANIMATE_CLASSW
#else
#define ANIMATE_CLASS ANIMATE_CLASSA
#endif

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define ACS_CENTER      0x0001
#define ACS_TRANSPARENT 0x0002
#define ACS_AUTOPLAY    0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ACS_TIMER 0x0008 // don't use threads... use timers
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define ACM_OPENA (WM_USER + 100)
#define ACM_OPENW (WM_USER + 103)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define ACM_OPEN ACM_OPENW
#else
#define ACM_OPEN ACM_OPENA
#endif

#define ACM_PLAY      (WM_USER + 101)
#define ACM_STOP      (WM_USER + 102)
#define ACM_ISPLAYING (WM_USER + 104)

#define ACN_START 1
#define ACN_STOP  2

#define Animate_Create(hwndP, id, dwStyle, hInstance) CreateWindow(ANIMATE_CLASS, NULL, dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, hwndP, (HMENU)(id), hInstance, NULL)

#define Animate_Open(hwnd, szName)          (BOOL) SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_OpenEx(hwnd, hInst, szName) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, (WPARAM)(hInst), (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_Play(hwnd, from, to, rep)   (BOOL) SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_PLAY, (WPARAM)(rep), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(from, to))
#define Animate_Stop(hwnd)                  (BOOL) SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_STOP, 0, 0)
#define Animate_IsPlaying(hwnd)             (BOOL) SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_ISPLAYING, 0, 0)
#define Animate_Close(hwnd)                 Animate_Open(hwnd, NULL)
#define Animate_Seek(hwnd, frame)           Animate_Play(hwnd, frame, frame, 1)
#endif

#endif // NOANIMATE

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    //====== MONTHCAL CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOMONTHCAL
#ifdef _WIN32

#define MONTHCAL_CLASSW L"SysMonthCal32"
#define MONTHCAL_CLASSA "SysMonthCal32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS MONTHCAL_CLASSW
#else
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS MONTHCAL_CLASSA
#endif

    // bit-packed array of "bold" info for a month
    // if a bit is on, that day is drawn bold
    typedef DWORD MONTHDAYSTATE, *LPMONTHDAYSTATE;

#define MCM_FIRST 0x1000

// BOOL MonthCal_GetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
//   returns TRUE and sets *pst to the currently selected date otherwise
#define MCM_GETCURSEL                (MCM_FIRST + 1)
#define MonthCal_GetCurSel(hmc, pst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
//   returns TURE and sets the currently selected date to *pst otherwise
#define MCM_SETCURSEL                (MCM_FIRST + 2)
#define MonthCal_SetCurSel(hmc, pst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc)
//   returns the maximum number of selectable days allowed
#define MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT           (MCM_FIRST + 3)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(hmc) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT, 0, 0L)

// BOOL MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc, UINT n)
//   sets the max number days that can be selected iff MCS_MULTISELECT
#define MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT              (MCM_FIRST + 4)
#define MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(hmc, n) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT, (WPARAM)(n), 0L)

// BOOL MonthCal_GetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   sets rgst[0] to the first day of the selection range
//   sets rgst[1] to the last day of the selection range
#define MCM_GETSELRANGE                 (MCM_FIRST + 5)
#define MonthCal_GetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   selects the range of days from rgst[0] to rgst[1]
#define MCM_SETSELRANGE                 (MCM_FIRST + 6)
#define MonthCal_SetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMonthRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gmr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if rgst specified, sets rgst[0] to the starting date and
//      and rgst[1] to the ending date of the the selectable (non-grayed)
//      days if GMR_VISIBLE or all the displayed days (including grayed)
//      if GMR_DAYSTATE.
//   returns the number of months spanned by the above range.
#define MCM_GETMONTHRANGE                      (MCM_FIRST + 7)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, gmr, rgst) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHRANGE, (WPARAM)(gmr), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetDayState(HWND hmc, int cbds, DAYSTATE *rgds)
//   cbds is the count of DAYSTATE items in rgds and it must be equal
//   to the value returned from MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, GMR_DAYSTATE, NULL)
//   This sets the DAYSTATE bits for each month (grayed and non-grayed
//   days) displayed in the calendar. The first bit in a month's DAYSTATE
//   corresponts to bolding day 1, the second bit affects day 2, etc.
#define MCM_SETDAYSTATE                       (MCM_FIRST + 8)
#define MonthCal_SetDayState(hmc, cbds, rgds) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETDAYSTATE, (WPARAM)(cbds), (LPARAM)(rgds))

// BOOL MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(HWND hmc, LPRECT prc)
//   sets *prc the minimal size needed to display one month
//   To display two months, undo the AdjustWindowRect calculation already done to
//   this rect, double the width, and redo the AdjustWindowRect calculation --
//   the monthcal control will display two calendars in this window (if you also
//   double the vertical size, you will get 4 calendars)
//   NOTE: if you want to gurantee that the "Today" string is not clipped,
//   get the MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH and use the max of that width and this width
#define MCM_GETMINREQRECT                (MCM_FIRST + 9)
#define MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(hmc, prc) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMINREQRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))

// set colors to draw control with -- see MCSC_ bits below
#define MCM_SETCOLOR                        (MCM_FIRST + 10)
#define MonthCal_SetColor(hmc, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCOLOR, iColor, clr)

#define MCM_GETCOLOR                   (MCM_FIRST + 11)
#define MonthCal_GetColor(hmc, iColor) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCOLOR, iColor, 0)

#define MCSC_BACKGROUND   0 // the background color (between months)
#define MCSC_TEXT         1 // the dates
#define MCSC_TITLEBK      2 // background of the title
#define MCSC_TITLETEXT    3
#define MCSC_MONTHBK      4 // background within the month cal
#define MCSC_TRAILINGTEXT 5 // the text color of header & trailing days

// set what day is "today"   send NULL to revert back to real date
#define MCM_SETTODAY                (MCM_FIRST + 12)
#define MonthCal_SetToday(hmc, pst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// get what day is "today"
// returns BOOL for success/failure
#define MCM_GETTODAY                (MCM_FIRST + 13)
#define MonthCal_GetToday(hmc, pst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// determine what pinfo->pt is over
#define MCM_HITTEST                  (MCM_FIRST + 14)
#define MonthCal_HitTest(hmc, pinfo) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCHITTESTINFO)(pinfo))

    typedef struct
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        POINT pt;

        UINT uHit; // out param
        SYSTEMTIME st;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
        RECT rc;
        int iOffset;
        int iRow;
        int iCol;
#endif
    } MCHITTESTINFO, *PMCHITTESTINFO;

#define MCHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(MCHITTESTINFO, st)

#define MCHT_TITLE     0x00010000
#define MCHT_CALENDAR  0x00020000
#define MCHT_TODAYLINK 0x00030000

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define MCHT_CALENDARCONTROL 0x00100000
#endif

#define MCHT_NEXT 0x01000000 // these indicate that hitting
#define MCHT_PREV 0x02000000 // here will go to the next/prev month

#define MCHT_NOWHERE 0x00000000

#define MCHT_TITLEBK      (MCHT_TITLE)
#define MCHT_TITLEMONTH   (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_TITLEYEAR    (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNNEXT (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_NEXT | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNPREV (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_PREV | 0x0003)

#define MCHT_CALENDARBK       (MCHT_CALENDAR)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATE     (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATENEXT (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_NEXT)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEPREV (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_PREV)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDAY      (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_CALENDARWEEKNUM  (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMIN  (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0004)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMAX  (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0005)

// set first day of week to iDay:
// 0 for Monday, 1 for Tuesday, ..., 6 for Sunday
// -1 for means use locale info
#define MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK                 (MCM_FIRST + 15)
#define MonthCal_SetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc, iDay) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, iDay)

// DWORD result...  low word has the day.  high word is bool if this is app set
// or not (FALSE == using locale info)
#define MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK           (MCM_FIRST + 16)
#define MonthCal_GetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, 0)

// DWORD MonthCal_GetRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
//   modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
//   returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define MCM_GETRANGE                 (MCM_FIRST + 17)
#define MonthCal_GetRange(hmc, rgst) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
//   if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define MCM_SETRANGE                     (MCM_FIRST + 18)
#define MonthCal_SetRange(hmc, gd, rgst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// int MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(HWND hmc)
//   returns the number of months one click on a next/prev button moves by
#define MCM_GETMONTHDELTA           (MCM_FIRST + 19)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(hmc) (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHDELTA, 0, 0)

// int MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(HWND hmc, int n)
//   sets the month delta to n. n==0 reverts to moving by a page of months
//   returns the previous value of n.
#define MCM_SETMONTHDELTA              (MCM_FIRST + 20)
#define MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(hmc, n) (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMONTHDELTA, n, 0)

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(HWND hmc, LPSIZE psz)
//   sets *psz to the maximum width/height of the "Today" string displayed
//   at the bottom of the calendar (as long as MCS_NOTODAY is not specified)
#define MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH           (MCM_FIRST + 21)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(hmc) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH, 0, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT                      CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT            CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
// View
#define MCMV_MONTH   0
#define MCMV_YEAR    1
#define MCMV_DECADE  2
#define MCMV_CENTURY 3
#define MCMV_MAX     MCMV_CENTURY

#define MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW           (MCM_FIRST + 22)
#define MonthCal_GetCurrentView(hmc) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW, 0, 0)

#define MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT           (MCM_FIRST + 23)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarCount(hmc) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT, 0, 0)

// Part
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCONTROL 0
#define MCGIP_NEXT            1
#define MCGIP_PREV            2
#define MCGIP_FOOTER          3
#define MCGIP_CALENDAR        4
#define MCGIP_CALENDARHEADER  5
#define MCGIP_CALENDARBODY    6
#define MCGIP_CALENDARROW     7
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCELL    8

#define MCGIF_DATE 0x00000001
#define MCGIF_RECT 0x00000002
#define MCGIF_NAME 0x00000004

    // Note: iRow of -1 refers to the row header and iCol of -1 refers to the col header.
    typedef struct tagMCGRIDINFO
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        DWORD dwPart;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        int iCalendar;
        int iRow;
        int iCol;
        BOOL bSelected;
        SYSTEMTIME stStart;
        SYSTEMTIME stEnd;
        RECT rc;
        PWSTR pszName;
        size_t cchName;
    } MCGRIDINFO, *PMCGRIDINFO;

#define MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO                        (MCM_FIRST + 24)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarGridInfo(hmc, pmcGridInfo) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCGRIDINFO)(pmcGridInfo))

#define MCM_GETCALID           (MCM_FIRST + 27)
#define MonthCal_GetCALID(hmc) (CALID) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALID, 0, 0)

#define MCM_SETCALID                  (MCM_FIRST + 28)
#define MonthCal_SetCALID(hmc, calid) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALID, (WPARAM)(calid), 0)

// Returns the min rect that will fit the max number of calendars for the passed in rect.
#define MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN                (MCM_FIRST + 29)
#define MonthCal_SizeRectToMin(hmc, prc) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))

#define MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER                           (MCM_FIRST + 30)
#define MonthCal_SetCalendarBorder(hmc, fset, xyborder) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER, (WPARAM)(fset), (LPARAM)(xyborder))

#define MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER           (MCM_FIRST + 31)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarBorder(hmc) (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER, 0, 0)

#define MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW                      (MCM_FIRST + 32)
#define MonthCal_SetCurrentView(hmc, dwNewView) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW, 0, (LPARAM)(dwNewView))

#endif

    // MCN_SELCHANGE is sent whenever the currently displayed date changes
    // via month change, year change, keyboard navigation, prev/next button
    //
    typedef struct tagNMSELCHANGE
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr; // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY

        SYSTEMTIME stSelStart;
        SYSTEMTIME stSelEnd;
    } NMSELCHANGE, *LPNMSELCHANGE;

#define MCN_SELCHANGE (MCN_FIRST - 3) // -749

    // MCN_GETDAYSTATE is sent for MCS_DAYSTATE controls whenever new daystate
    // information is needed (month or year scroll) to draw bolding information.
    // The app must fill in cDayState months worth of information starting from
    // stStart date. The app may fill in the array at prgDayState or change
    // prgDayState to point to a different array out of which the information
    // will be copied. (similar to tooltips)
    //
    typedef struct tagNMDAYSTATE
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr; // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY

        SYSTEMTIME stStart;
        int cDayState;

        LPMONTHDAYSTATE prgDayState; // points to cDayState MONTHDAYSTATEs
    } NMDAYSTATE, *LPNMDAYSTATE;

#define MCN_GETDAYSTATE (MCN_FIRST - 1) // -747

    // MCN_SELECT is sent whenever a selection has occured (via mouse or keyboard)
    //
    typedef NMSELCHANGE NMSELECT, *LPNMSELECT;

#define MCN_SELECT (MCN_FIRST) // -746

    typedef struct tagNMVIEWCHANGE
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr; // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY
        DWORD dwOldView;
        DWORD dwNewView;
    } NMVIEWCHANGE, *LPNMVIEWCHANGE;

#define MCN_VIEWCHANGE (MCN_FIRST - 4) // -750

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define MCS_DAYSTATE    0x0001
#define MCS_MULTISELECT 0x0002
#define MCS_WEEKNUMBERS 0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define MCS_NOTODAYCIRCLE 0x0008
#define MCS_NOTODAY       0x0010
#else
#define MCS_NOTODAY 0x0008
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define MCS_NOTRAILINGDATES  0x0040
#define MCS_SHORTDAYSOFWEEK  0x0080
#define MCS_NOSELCHANGEONNAV 0x0100
#endif

    // end_r_commctrl

#define GMR_VISIBLE 0 // visible portion of display
#define GMR_DAYSTATE \
    1 // above plus the grayed out parts of
      // partially displayed months

#endif // _WIN32
#endif // NOMONTHCAL

    //====== DATETIMEPICK CONTROL ==================================================

#ifndef NODATETIMEPICK
#ifdef _WIN32

#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW L"SysDateTimePick32"
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA "SysDateTimePick32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW
#else
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

    typedef struct tagDATETIMEPICKERINFO
    {
        DWORD cbSize;

        RECT rcCheck;
        DWORD stateCheck;

        RECT rcButton;
        DWORD stateButton;

        HWND hwndEdit;
        HWND hwndUD;
        HWND hwndDropDown;
    } DATETIMEPICKERINFO, *LPDATETIMEPICKERINFO;

#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

#define DTM_FIRST 0x1000

// DWORD DateTimePick_GetSystemtime(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns GDT_NONE if "none" is selected (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
//   returns GDT_VALID and modifies *pst to be the currently selected value
#define DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME                (DTM_FIRST + 1)
#define DateTime_GetSystemtime(hdp, pst) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetSystemtime(HWND hdp, DWORD gd, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   if gd==GDT_NONE, sets datetimepick to None (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
//   if gd==GDT_VALID, sets datetimepick to *pst
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as bad params)
#define DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME                    (DTM_FIRST + 2)
#define DateTime_SetSystemtime(hdp, gd, pst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(pst))

// DWORD DateTime_GetRange(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
//   modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
//   returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define DTM_GETRANGE                 (DTM_FIRST + 3)
#define DateTime_GetRange(hdp, rgst) (DWORD) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetRange(HWND hdp, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
//   if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define DTM_SETRANGE                     (DTM_FIRST + 4)
#define DateTime_SetRange(hdp, gd, rgst) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetFormat(HWND hdp, LPCTSTR sz)
//   sets the display formatting string to sz (see GetDateFormat and GetTimeFormat for valid formatting chars)
//   NOTE: 'X' is a valid formatting character which indicates that the application
//   will determine how to display information. Such apps must support DTN_WMKEYDOWN,
//   DTN_FORMAT, and DTN_FORMATQUERY.
#define DTM_SETFORMATA (DTM_FIRST + 5)
#define DTM_SETFORMATW (DTM_FIRST + 50)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTM_SETFORMAT DTM_SETFORMATW
#else
#define DTM_SETFORMAT DTM_SETFORMATA
#endif

#define DateTime_SetFormat(hdp, sz) (BOOL) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETFORMAT, 0, (LPARAM)(sz))

#define DTM_SETMCCOLOR                              (DTM_FIRST + 6)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCCOLOR, iColor, clr)

#define DTM_GETMCCOLOR                         (DTM_FIRST + 7)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCCOLOR, iColor, 0)

// HWND DateTime_GetMonthCal(HWND hdp)
//   returns the HWND of the MonthCal popup window. Only valid
// between DTN_DROPDOWN and DTN_CLOSEUP notifications.
#define DTM_GETMONTHCAL           (DTM_FIRST + 8)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCal(hdp) (HWND) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMONTHCAL, 0, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define DTM_SETMCFONT                                 (DTM_FIRST + 9)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalFont(hdp, hfont, fRedraw) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCFONT, (WPARAM)(hfont), (LPARAM)(fRedraw))

#define DTM_GETMCFONT                 (DTM_FIRST + 10)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalFont(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCFONT, 0, 0)

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

#define DTM_SETMCSTYLE                          (DTM_FIRST + 11)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalStyle(hdp, dwStyle) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCSTYLE, 0, (LPARAM)dwStyle)

#define DTM_GETMCSTYLE                 (DTM_FIRST + 12)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalStyle(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL           (DTM_FIRST + 13)
#define DateTime_CloseMonthCal(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL, 0, 0)

// DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(HWND hdp, DATETIMEPICKERINFO* pdtpi)
// Retrieves information about the selected date time picker.
#define DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO                  (DTM_FIRST + 14)
#define DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(hdp, pdtpi) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pdtpi))

#define DTM_GETIDEALSIZE                  (DTM_FIRST + 15)
#define DateTime_GetIdealSize(hdp, psize) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hdp), DTM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))

#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

    // begin_r_commctrl

#define DTS_UPDOWN          0x0001 // use UPDOWN instead of MONTHCAL
#define DTS_SHOWNONE        0x0002 // allow a NONE selection
#define DTS_SHORTDATEFORMAT 0x0000 // use the short date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_LONGDATEFORMAT  0x0004 // use the long date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define DTS_SHORTDATECENTURYFORMAT 0x000C // short date format with century (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#endif                                    // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define DTS_TIMEFORMAT  0x0009            // use the time format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_APPCANPARSE 0x0010            // allow user entered strings (app MUST respond to DTN_USERSTRING)
#define DTS_RIGHTALIGN  0x0020            // right-align popup instead of left-align it

    // end_r_commctrl

#define DTN_DATETIMECHANGE (DTN_FIRST2 - 6) // the systemtime has changed, -759
    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMECHANGE
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        DWORD dwFlags; // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
        SYSTEMTIME st; // valid iff dwFlags==GDT_VALID
    } NMDATETIMECHANGE, *LPNMDATETIMECHANGE;

#define DTN_USERSTRINGA (DTN_FIRST2 - 5) // the user has entered a string, -758
#define DTN_USERSTRINGW (DTN_FIRST - 5)  // -745
    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMESTRINGA
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCSTR pszUserString; // string user entered
        SYSTEMTIME st;        // app fills this in
        DWORD dwFlags;        // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
    } NMDATETIMESTRINGA, *LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA;

    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMESTRINGW
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCWSTR pszUserString; // string user entered
        SYSTEMTIME st;         // app fills this in
        DWORD dwFlags;         // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
    } NMDATETIMESTRINGW, *LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_USERSTRING     DTN_USERSTRINGW
#define NMDATETIMESTRING   NMDATETIMESTRINGW
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW
#else
#define DTN_USERSTRING     DTN_USERSTRINGA
#define NMDATETIMESTRING   NMDATETIMESTRINGA
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA
#endif

#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNA (DTN_FIRST2 - 4) // modify keydown on app format field (X), , -757
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNW (DTN_FIRST - 4)  // -744
    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        int nVirtKey;     // virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
        LPCSTR pszFormat; // format substring
        SYSTEMTIME st;    // current systemtime, app should modify based on key
    } NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA, *LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA;

    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        int nVirtKey;      // virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
        LPCWSTR pszFormat; // format substring
        SYSTEMTIME st;     // current systemtime, app should modify based on key
    } NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW, *LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN         DTN_WMKEYDOWNW
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN   NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#else
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN         DTN_WMKEYDOWNA
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN   NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
#endif

#define DTN_FORMATA (DTN_FIRST2 - 3) // query display for app format field (X), -756
#define DTN_FORMATW (DTN_FIRST - 3)  // -743
    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATA
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCSTR pszFormat;   // format substring
        SYSTEMTIME st;      // current systemtime
        LPCSTR pszDisplay;  // string to display
        CHAR szDisplay[64]; // buffer pszDisplay originally points at
    } NMDATETIMEFORMATA, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA;

    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATW
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCWSTR pszFormat;   // format substring
        SYSTEMTIME st;       // current systemtime
        LPCWSTR pszDisplay;  // string to display
        WCHAR szDisplay[64]; // buffer pszDisplay originally points at
    } NMDATETIMEFORMATW, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMAT         DTN_FORMATW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT   NMDATETIMEFORMATW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW
#else
#define DTN_FORMAT         DTN_FORMATA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT   NMDATETIMEFORMATA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA
#endif

#define DTN_FORMATQUERYA (DTN_FIRST2 - 2) // query formatting info for app format field (X), -755
#define DTN_FORMATQUERYW (DTN_FIRST - 2)  // -742
    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCSTR pszFormat; // format substring
        SIZE szMax;       // max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
    } NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA;

    typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
    {
        NMHDR nmhdr;
        LPCWSTR pszFormat; // format substring
        SIZE szMax;        // max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
    } NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY         DTN_FORMATQUERYW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY   NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#else
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY         DTN_FORMATQUERYA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY   NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
#endif

#define DTN_DROPDOWN (DTN_FIRST2 - 1) // MonthCal has dropped down, -754
#define DTN_CLOSEUP  (DTN_FIRST2)     // MonthCal is popping up, -753

#define GDTR_MIN 0x0001
#define GDTR_MAX 0x0002

#define GDT_ERROR -1
#define GDT_VALID 0
#define GDT_NONE  1

#endif // _WIN32
#endif // NODATETIMEPICK

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#ifndef NOIPADDRESS

    ///////////////////////////////////////////////
    //    IP Address edit control

    // Messages sent to IPAddress controls

#define IPM_CLEARADDRESS (WM_USER + 100) // no parameters
#define IPM_SETADDRESS   (WM_USER + 101) // lparam = TCP/IP address
#define IPM_GETADDRESS   (WM_USER + 102) // lresult = # of non black fields.  lparam = LPDWORD for TCP/IP address
#define IPM_SETRANGE     (WM_USER + 103) // wparam = field, lparam = range
#define IPM_SETFOCUS     (WM_USER + 104) // wparam = field
#define IPM_ISBLANK      (WM_USER + 105) // no parameters

#define WC_IPADDRESSW L"SysIPAddress32"
#define WC_IPADDRESSA "SysIPAddress32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_IPADDRESS WC_IPADDRESSW
#else
#define WC_IPADDRESS WC_IPADDRESSA
#endif

#define IPN_FIELDCHANGED (IPN_FIRST - 0)
    typedef struct tagNMIPADDRESS
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iField;
        int iValue;
    } NMIPADDRESS, *LPNMIPADDRESS;

    // The following is a useful macro for passing the range values in the
    // IPM_SETRANGE message.

#define MAKEIPRANGE(low, high) ((LPARAM)(WORD)(((BYTE)(high) << 8) + (BYTE)(low)))

    // And this is a useful macro for making the IP Address to be passed
    // as a LPARAM.

#define MAKEIPADDRESS(b1, b2, b3, b4) ((LPARAM)(((DWORD)(b1) << 24) + ((DWORD)(b2) << 16) + ((DWORD)(b3) << 8) + ((DWORD)(b4))))

// Get individual number
#define FIRST_IPADDRESS(x)  (((x) >> 24) & 0xff)
#define SECOND_IPADDRESS(x) (((x) >> 16) & 0xff)
#define THIRD_IPADDRESS(x)  (((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define FOURTH_IPADDRESS(x) ((x)&0xff)

#endif // NOIPADDRESS

    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    //  ====================== Pager Control =============================
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifndef NOPAGESCROLLER

// Pager Class Name
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERW L"SysPager"
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERA "SysPager"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER WC_PAGESCROLLERW
#else
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER WC_PAGESCROLLERA
#endif

    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Pager Control Styles
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    // begin_r_commctrl

#define PGS_VERT       0x00000000
#define PGS_HORZ       0x00000001
#define PGS_AUTOSCROLL 0x00000002
#define PGS_DRAGNDROP  0x00000004

// end_r_commctrl

//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Button State
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The scroll can be in one of the following control State
#define PGF_INVISIBLE 0 // Scroll button is not visible
#define PGF_NORMAL    1 // Scroll button is in normal state
#define PGF_GRAYED    2 // Scroll button is in grayed state
#define PGF_DEPRESSED 4 // Scroll button is in depressed state
#define PGF_HOT       8 // Scroll button is in hot state

// The following identifiers specifies the button control
#define PGB_TOPORLEFT     0
#define PGB_BOTTOMORRIGHT 1

//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Control  Messages
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PGM_SETCHILD                    (PGM_FIRST + 1) // lParam == hwnd
#define Pager_SetChild(hwnd, hwndChild) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETCHILD, 0, (LPARAM)(hwndChild))

#define PGM_RECALCSIZE         (PGM_FIRST + 2)
#define Pager_RecalcSize(hwnd) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_RECALCSIZE, 0, 0)

#define PGM_FORWARDMOUSE                   (PGM_FIRST + 3)
#define Pager_ForwardMouse(hwnd, bForward) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_FORWARDMOUSE, (WPARAM)(bForward), 0)

#define PGM_SETBKCOLOR              (PGM_FIRST + 4)
#define Pager_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define PGM_GETBKCOLOR         (PGM_FIRST + 5)
#define Pager_GetBkColor(hwnd) (COLORREF) SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETBORDER                  (PGM_FIRST + 6)
#define Pager_SetBorder(hwnd, iBorder) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBORDER, 0, (LPARAM)(iBorder))

#define PGM_GETBORDER         (PGM_FIRST + 7)
#define Pager_GetBorder(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBORDER, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETPOS               (PGM_FIRST + 8)
#define Pager_SetPos(hwnd, iPos) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)(iPos))

#define PGM_GETPOS         (PGM_FIRST + 9)
#define Pager_GetPos(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETPOS, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE                (PGM_FIRST + 10)
#define Pager_SetButtonSize(hwnd, iSize) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(iSize))

#define PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE         (PGM_FIRST + 11)
#define Pager_GetButtonSize(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0, 0)

#define PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE                  (PGM_FIRST + 12)
#define Pager_GetButtonState(hwnd, iButton) (DWORD) SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE, 0, (LPARAM)(iButton))

#define PGM_GETDROPTARGET               CCM_GETDROPTARGET
#define Pager_GetDropTarget(hwnd, ppdt) (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETDROPTARGET, 0, (LPARAM)(ppdt))
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Pager Control Notification Messages
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    // PGN_SCROLL Notification Message

#define PGN_SCROLL (PGN_FIRST - 1)

#define PGF_SCROLLUP    1
#define PGF_SCROLLDOWN  2
#define PGF_SCROLLLEFT  4
#define PGF_SCROLLRIGHT 8

// Keys down
#define PGK_SHIFT   1
#define PGK_CONTROL 2
#define PGK_MENU    4

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <pshpack1.h>
#endif

    // This structure is sent along with PGN_SCROLL notifications
    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        WORD fwKeys;   // Specifies which keys are down when this notification is send
        RECT rcParent; // Contains Parent Window Rect
        int iDir;      // Scrolling Direction
        int iXpos;     // Horizontal scroll position
        int iYpos;     // Vertical scroll position
        int iScroll;   // [in/out] Amount to scroll
    } NMPGSCROLL, *LPNMPGSCROLL;

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <poppack.h>
#endif

    // PGN_CALCSIZE Notification Message

#define PGN_CALCSIZE (PGN_FIRST - 2)

#define PGF_CALCWIDTH  1
#define PGF_CALCHEIGHT 2

    typedef struct
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwFlag;
        int iWidth;
        int iHeight;
    } NMPGCALCSIZE, *LPNMPGCALCSIZE;

    // PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE Notification Message

#define PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE (PGN_FIRST - 3)

    /*
    The PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification uses these notification
    flags defined in TOOLBAR:

    #define HICF_ENTERING       0x00000010          // idOld is invalid
    #define HICF_LEAVING        0x00000020          // idNew is invalid
    */

    // Structure for PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
    //
    typedef struct tagNMPGHOTITEM
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        int idOld;
        int idNew;
        DWORD dwFlags; // HICF_*
    } NMPGHOTITEM, *LPNMPGHOTITEM;

#endif // NOPAGESCROLLER

////======================  End Pager Control ==========================================

//
// === Native Font Control ===
//
#ifndef NONATIVEFONTCTL
// NativeFont Class Name
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW L"NativeFontCtl"
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA "NativeFontCtl"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW
#else
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

// style definition
#define NFS_EDIT         0x0001
#define NFS_STATIC       0x0002
#define NFS_LISTCOMBO    0x0004
#define NFS_BUTTON       0x0008
#define NFS_ALL          0x0010
#define NFS_USEFONTASSOC 0x0020

    // end_r_commctrl

#endif // NONATIVEFONTCTL
    // === End Native Font Control ===

    // ====================== Button Control =============================

#ifndef NOBUTTON

#ifdef _WIN32

// Button Class Name
#define WC_BUTTONA "Button"
#define WC_BUTTONW L"Button"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_BUTTON WC_BUTTONW
#else
#define WC_BUTTON WC_BUTTONA
#endif

#else
#define WC_BUTTON "Button"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_LEFT   0
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_RIGHT  1
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_TOP    2
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_BOTTOM 3
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_CENTER 4 // Doesn't draw text

    typedef struct
    {
        HIMAGELIST himl; // Images: Normal, Hot, Pushed, Disabled. If count is less than 4, we use index 1
        RECT margin;     // Margin around icon.
        UINT uAlign;
    } BUTTON_IMAGELIST, *PBUTTON_IMAGELIST;

#define BCM_GETIDEALSIZE                 (BCM_FIRST + 0x0001)
#define Button_GetIdealSize(hwnd, psize) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))

#define BCM_SETIMAGELIST                            (BCM_FIRST + 0x0002)
#define Button_SetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))

#define BCM_GETIMAGELIST                            (BCM_FIRST + 0x0003)
#define Button_GetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))

#define BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN                   (BCM_FIRST + 0x0004)
#define Button_SetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))
#define BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN                   (BCM_FIRST + 0x0005)
#define Button_GetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))

    typedef struct tagNMBCHOTITEM
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        DWORD dwFlags; // HICF_*
    } NMBCHOTITEM, *LPNMBCHOTITEM;

#define BCN_HOTITEMCHANGE (BCN_FIRST + 0x0001)

#define BST_HOT 0x0200

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

// BUTTON STATE FLAGS
#define BST_DROPDOWNPUSHED 0x0400

// begin_r_commctrl

// BUTTON STYLES
#define BS_SPLITBUTTON    0x0000000CL
#define BS_DEFSPLITBUTTON 0x0000000DL
#define BS_COMMANDLINK    0x0000000EL
#define BS_DEFCOMMANDLINK 0x0000000FL

// SPLIT BUTTON INFO mask flags
#define BCSIF_GLYPH 0x0001
#define BCSIF_IMAGE 0x0002
#define BCSIF_STYLE 0x0004
#define BCSIF_SIZE  0x0008

// SPLIT BUTTON STYLE flags
#define BCSS_NOSPLIT   0x0001
#define BCSS_STRETCH   0x0002
#define BCSS_ALIGNLEFT 0x0004
#define BCSS_IMAGE     0x0008

    // end_r_commctrl

    // BUTTON STRUCTURES
    typedef struct tagBUTTON_SPLITINFO
    {
        UINT mask;
        HIMAGELIST himlGlyph; // interpreted as WCHAR if BCSIF_GLYPH is set
        UINT uSplitStyle;
        SIZE size;
    } BUTTON_SPLITINFO, *PBUTTON_SPLITINFO;

// BUTTON MESSAGES
#define BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE                     (BCM_FIRST + 0x0006)
#define Button_SetDropDownState(hwnd, fDropDown) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE, (WPARAM)(fDropDown), 0)

#define BCM_SETSPLITINFO                 (BCM_FIRST + 0x0007)
#define Button_SetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))

#define BCM_GETSPLITINFO                 (BCM_FIRST + 0x0008)
#define Button_GetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))

#define BCM_SETNOTE               (BCM_FIRST + 0x0009)
#define Button_SetNote(hwnd, psz) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETNOTE, 0, (LPARAM)(psz))

#define BCM_GETNOTE                    (BCM_FIRST + 0x000A)
#define Button_GetNote(hwnd, psz, pcc) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTE, (WPARAM)pcc, (LPARAM)psz)

#define BCM_GETNOTELENGTH          (BCM_FIRST + 0x000B)
#define Button_GetNoteLength(hwnd) (LRESULT) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTELENGTH, 0, 0)

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
// Macro to use on a button or command link to display an elevated icon
#define BCM_SETSHIELD                                     (BCM_FIRST + 0x000C)
#define Button_SetElevationRequiredState(hwnd, fRequired) (LRESULT) SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSHIELD, 0, (LPARAM)fRequired)
#endif /* _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 */

// Value to pass to BCM_SETIMAGELIST to indicate that no glyph should be
// displayed
#define BCCL_NOGLYPH (HIMAGELIST)(-1)

    // NOTIFICATION MESSAGES
    typedef struct tagNMBCDROPDOWN
    {
        NMHDR hdr;
        RECT rcButton;
    } NMBCDROPDOWN, *LPNMBCDROPDOWN;

#define BCN_DROPDOWN (BCN_FIRST + 0x0002)

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#endif // NOBUTTON

    // =====================  End Button Control =========================

    // ====================== Static Control =============================

#ifndef NOSTATIC

#ifdef _WIN32

// Static Class Name
#define WC_STATICA "Static"
#define WC_STATICW L"Static"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_STATIC WC_STATICW
#else
#define WC_STATIC WC_STATICA
#endif

#else
#define WC_STATIC "Static"
#endif

#endif // NOSTATIC

    // =====================  End Static Control =========================

    // ====================== Edit Control =============================

#ifndef NOEDIT

#ifdef _WIN32

// Edit Class Name
#define WC_EDITA "Edit"
#define WC_EDITW L"Edit"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_EDIT WC_EDITW
#else
#define WC_EDIT WC_EDITA
#endif

#else
#define WC_EDIT "Edit"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define EM_SETCUEBANNER                                            (ECM_FIRST + 1) // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText)                      (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))
#define Edit_SetCueBannerTextFocused(hwnd, lpcwText, fDrawFocused) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)fDrawFocused, (LPARAM)lpcwText)
#define EM_GETCUEBANNER                                            (ECM_FIRST + 2) // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText)              (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))

    typedef struct _tagEDITBALLOONTIP
    {
        DWORD cbStruct;
        LPCWSTR pszTitle;
        LPCWSTR pszText;
        INT ttiIcon; // From TTI_*
    } EDITBALLOONTIP, *PEDITBALLOONTIP;
#define EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP                          (ECM_FIRST + 3) // Show a balloon tip associated to the edit control
#define Edit_ShowBalloonTip(hwnd, peditballoontip) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(peditballoontip))
#define EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP                          (ECM_FIRST + 4) // Hide any balloon tip associated with the edit control
#define Edit_HideBalloonTip(hwnd)                  (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP, 0, 0)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define EM_SETHILITE                              (ECM_FIRST + 5)
#define Edit_SetHilite(hwndCtl, ichStart, ichEnd) ((void)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETHILITE, (ichStart), (ichEnd)))
#define EM_GETHILITE                              (ECM_FIRST + 6)
#define Edit_GetHilite(hwndCtl)                   ((DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETHILITE, 0L, 0L))

#endif

#endif // NOEDIT

    // =====================  End Edit Control =========================

    // ====================== Listbox Control =============================

#ifndef NOLISTBOX

#ifdef _WIN32

// Listbox Class Name
#define WC_LISTBOXA "ListBox"
#define WC_LISTBOXW L"ListBox"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTBOX WC_LISTBOXW
#else
#define WC_LISTBOX WC_LISTBOXA
#endif

#else
#define WC_LISTBOX "ListBox"
#endif

#endif // NOLISTBOX

    // =====================  End Listbox Control =========================

    // ====================== Combobox Control =============================

#ifndef NOCOMBOBOX

#ifdef _WIN32

// Combobox Class Name
#define WC_COMBOBOXA "ComboBox"
#define WC_COMBOBOXW L"ComboBox"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOX WC_COMBOBOXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX WC_COMBOBOXA
#endif

#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX "ComboBox"
#endif

#endif // NOCOMBOBOX

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

// custom combobox control messages
#define CB_SETMINVISIBLE (CBM_FIRST + 1)
#define CB_GETMINVISIBLE (CBM_FIRST + 2)
#define CB_SETCUEBANNER  (CBM_FIRST + 3)
#define CB_GETCUEBANNER  (CBM_FIRST + 4)

#define ComboBox_SetMinVisible(hwnd, iMinVisible) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETMINVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(iMinVisible), 0)

#define ComboBox_GetMinVisible(hwnd) (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETMINVISIBLE, 0, 0)

#define ComboBox_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))

#define ComboBox_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText) (BOOL) SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))

#endif

    // =====================  End Combobox Control =========================

    // ====================== Scrollbar Control ============================

#ifndef NOSCROLLBAR

#ifdef _WIN32

// Scrollbar Class Name
#define WC_SCROLLBARA "ScrollBar"
#define WC_SCROLLBARW L"ScrollBar"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_SCROLLBAR WC_SCROLLBARW
#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR WC_SCROLLBARA
#endif

#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR "ScrollBar"
#endif

#endif // NOSCROLLBAR

// ===================== End Scrollbar Control =========================

// ===================== Task Dialog =========================
#ifndef NOTASKDIALOG

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <pshpack1.h>
#endif

    typedef HRESULT(CALLBACK *PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK)(__in HWND hwnd, __in UINT msg, __in WPARAM wParam, __in LPARAM lParam, __in LONG_PTR lpRefData);

    enum _TASKDIALOG_FLAGS
    {
        TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS = 0x0001,
        TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN = 0x0002,
        TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER = 0x0004,
        TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION = 0x0008,
        TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS = 0x0010,
        TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON = 0x0020,
        TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA = 0x0040,
        TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT = 0x0080,
        TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED = 0x0100,
        TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR = 0x0200,
        TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR = 0x0400,
        TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER = 0x0800,
        TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW = 0x1000,
        TDF_RTL_LAYOUT = 0x2000,
        TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON = 0x4000,
        TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED = 0x8000
    };
    typedef int TASKDIALOG_FLAGS; // Note: _TASKDIALOG_FLAGS is an int

    typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES
    {
        TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE = WM_USER + 101,
        TDM_CLICK_BUTTON = WM_USER + 102,                        // wParam = Button ID
        TDM_SET_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR = WM_USER + 103,            // wParam = 0 (nonMarque) wParam != 0 (Marquee)
        TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_STATE = WM_USER + 104,              // wParam = new progress state
        TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_RANGE = WM_USER + 105,              // lParam = MAKELPARAM(nMinRange, nMaxRange)
        TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_POS = WM_USER + 106,                // wParam = new position
        TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_MARQUEE = WM_USER + 107,            // wParam = 0 (stop marquee), wParam != 0 (start marquee), lparam = speed (milliseconds between repaints)
        TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT = WM_USER + 108,                    // wParam = element (TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS), lParam = new element text (LPCWSTR)
        TDM_CLICK_RADIO_BUTTON = WM_USER + 110,                  // wParam = Radio Button ID
        TDM_ENABLE_BUTTON = WM_USER + 111,                       // lParam = 0 (disable), lParam != 0 (enable), wParam = Button ID
        TDM_ENABLE_RADIO_BUTTON = WM_USER + 112,                 // lParam = 0 (disable), lParam != 0 (enable), wParam = Radio Button ID
        TDM_CLICK_VERIFICATION = WM_USER + 113,                  // wParam = 0 (unchecked), 1 (checked), lParam = 1 (set key focus)
        TDM_UPDATE_ELEMENT_TEXT = WM_USER + 114,                 // wParam = element (TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS), lParam = new element text (LPCWSTR)
        TDM_SET_BUTTON_ELEVATION_REQUIRED_STATE = WM_USER + 115, // wParam = Button ID, lParam = 0 (elevation not required), lParam != 0 (elevation required)
        TDM_UPDATE_ICON = WM_USER + 116                          // wParam = icon element (TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS), lParam = new icon (hIcon if TDF_USE_HICON_* was set, PCWSTR otherwise)
    } TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES;

    typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS
    {
        TDN_CREATED = 0,
        TDN_NAVIGATED = 1,
        TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED = 2,    // wParam = Button ID
        TDN_HYPERLINK_CLICKED = 3, // lParam = (LPCWSTR)pszHREF
        TDN_TIMER = 4,             // wParam = Milliseconds since dialog created or timer reset
        TDN_DESTROYED = 5,
        TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED = 6, // wParam = Radio Button ID
        TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED = 7,
        TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED = 8, // wParam = 1 if checkbox checked, 0 if not, lParam is unused and always 0
        TDN_HELP = 9,
        TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED = 10 // wParam = 0 (dialog is now collapsed), wParam != 0 (dialog is now expanded)
    } TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS;

    typedef struct _TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
    {
        int nButtonID;
        PCWSTR pszButtonText;
    } TASKDIALOG_BUTTON;

    typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS
    {
        TDE_CONTENT,
        TDE_EXPANDED_INFORMATION,
        TDE_FOOTER,
        TDE_MAIN_INSTRUCTION
    } TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS;

    typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS
    {
        TDIE_ICON_MAIN,
        TDIE_ICON_FOOTER
    } TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS;

#define TD_WARNING_ICON     MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-1)
#define TD_ERROR_ICON       MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-2)
#define TD_INFORMATION_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-3)
#define TD_SHIELD_ICON      MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-4)

    enum _TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS
    {
        TDCBF_OK_BUTTON = 0x0001,     // selected control return value IDOK
        TDCBF_YES_BUTTON = 0x0002,    // selected control return value IDYES
        TDCBF_NO_BUTTON = 0x0004,     // selected control return value IDNO
        TDCBF_CANCEL_BUTTON = 0x0008, // selected control return value IDCANCEL
        TDCBF_RETRY_BUTTON = 0x0010,  // selected control return value IDRETRY
        TDCBF_CLOSE_BUTTON = 0x0020   // selected control return value IDCLOSE
    };
    typedef int TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS; // Note: _TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS is an int

    typedef struct _TASKDIALOGCONFIG
    {
        UINT cbSize;
        HWND hwndParent;
        HINSTANCE hInstance;                            // used for MAKEINTRESOURCE() strings
        TASKDIALOG_FLAGS dwFlags;                       // TASKDIALOG_FLAGS (TDF_XXX) flags
        TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons; // TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON (TDCBF_XXX) flags
        PCWSTR pszWindowTitle;                          // string or MAKEINTRESOURCE()
        union {
            HICON hMainIcon;
            PCWSTR pszMainIcon;
        };
        PCWSTR pszMainInstruction;
        PCWSTR pszContent;
        UINT cButtons;
        const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON *pButtons;
        int nDefaultButton;
        UINT cRadioButtons;
        const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON *pRadioButtons;
        int nDefaultRadioButton;
        PCWSTR pszVerificationText;
        PCWSTR pszExpandedInformation;
        PCWSTR pszExpandedControlText;
        PCWSTR pszCollapsedControlText;
        union {
            HICON hFooterIcon;
            PCWSTR pszFooterIcon;
        };
        PCWSTR pszFooter;
        PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK pfCallback;
        LONG_PTR lpCallbackData;
        UINT cxWidth; // width of the Task Dialog's client area in DLU's. If 0, Task Dialog will calculate the ideal width.
    } TASKDIALOGCONFIG;

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI TaskDialogIndirect(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG *pTaskConfig, __out_opt int *pnButton, __out_opt int *pnRadioButton, __out_opt BOOL *pfVerificationFlagChecked);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI TaskDialog(__in_opt HWND hwndParent, __in_opt HINSTANCE hInstance, __in_opt PCWSTR pszWindowTitle, __in_opt PCWSTR pszMainInstruction, __in_opt PCWSTR pszContent, TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons, __in_opt PCWSTR pszIcon, __out_opt int *pnButton);

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <poppack.h>
#endif

#endif // NOTASKDIALOG

// ==================== End TaskDialog =======================

//
// === MUI APIs ===
//
#ifndef NOMUI
    void WINAPI InitMUILanguage(LANGID uiLang);

    LANGID WINAPI GetMUILanguage(void);
#endif // NOMUI

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#ifndef NO_COMMCTRL_DA
#define __COMMCTRL_DA_DEFINED__
    //
    //====== Dynamic Array routines ==========================================
    //
    // Note that the STL and other libraries have similar functionality.
    // The routines here are specific to Windows and may not be as convenient
    // or fully functional as those in other libraries.
    //

#define DA_LAST (0x7FFFFFFF)
#define DA_ERR  (-1)

    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)(__in void *p, __in_opt void *pData);
    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST)(__in const void *p, __in_opt void *pData);
    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNDACOMPARE)(__in void *p1, __in void *p2, __in LPARAM lParam);
    typedef int(CALLBACK *PFNDACOMPARECONST)(__in const void *p1, __in const void *p2, __in LPARAM lParam);

    // Dynamic structure array
    struct _DSA;
    typedef struct _DSA *HDSA;

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDSA WINAPI DSA_Create(int cbItem, int cItemGrow);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_Destroy(__in HDSA hdsa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DSA_DestroyCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline void DSA_DestroyCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
    {
        DSA_DestroyCallback(hdsa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
    }
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_DeleteItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_DeleteAllItems(__in HDSA hdsa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DSA_EnumCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline void DSA_EnumCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
    {
        DSA_EnumCallback(hdsa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
    }
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI DSA_InsertItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __in const void *pitem);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID WINAPI DSA_GetItemPtr(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_GetItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __out_xcount(pdsa->cbItem) void *pitem);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_SetItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __in const void *pitem);
#define DSA_GetItemCount(hdsa)      (*(int *)(hdsa))
#define DSA_AppendItem(hdsa, pitem) DSA_InsertItem(hdsa, DA_LAST, pitem)

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDSA WINAPI DSA_Clone(__in HDSA hdsa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI ULONGLONG WINAPI DSA_GetSize(__in HDSA hdsa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DSA_Sort(__in HDSA pdsa, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline BOOL DSA_Sort(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam)
    {
        return DSA_Sort(hdsa, (PFNDACOMPARE)(pfnCompare), lParam);
    }
#endif
#endif // NTDDI_LONGHORN

#define DSA_APPEND DA_LAST
#define DSA_ERR    DA_ERR

#define PFNDSAENUMCALLBACK      PFNDAENUMCALLBACK
#define PFNDSAENUMCALLBACKCONST PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST
#define PFNDSACOMPARE           PFNDACOMPARE
#define PFNDSACOMPARECONST      PFNDACOMPARECONST

    // Dynamic pointer array
    struct _DPA;
    typedef struct _DPA *HDPA;

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA WINAPI DPA_Create(int cItemGrow);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA WINAPI DPA_CreateEx(__in int cpGrow, __in_opt HANDLE hheap);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA WINAPI DPA_Clone(__in const HDPA hdpa, __in HDPA hdpaNew);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_Destroy(__in HDPA hdpa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DPA_DestroyCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline void DPA_DestroyCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
    {
        DPA_DestroyCallback(hdpa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
    }
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID WINAPI DPA_DeletePtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_DeleteAllPtrs(__in HDPA hdpa);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DPA_EnumCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline void DPA_EnumCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
    {
        DPA_EnumCallback(hdpa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
    }
#endif
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_Grow(__in HDPA pdpa, __in int cp);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI DPA_InsertPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i, __in_opt void *p);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_SetPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i, __in_opt void *p);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID WINAPI DPA_GetPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in INT_PTR i);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI DPA_GetPtrIndex(__in HDPA hdpa, __in const void *p);

#define DPA_GetPtrCount(hdpa)       (*(int *)(hdpa))
#define DPA_FastDeleteLastPtr(hdpa) (--*(int *)(hdpa))
#define DPA_GetPtrPtr(hdpa)         (*((void ***)((BYTE *)(hdpa) + sizeof(void *))))
#define DPA_FastGetPtr(hdpa, i)     (DPA_GetPtrPtr(hdpa)[i])
#define DPA_AppendPtr(hdpa, pitem)  DPA_InsertPtr(hdpa, DA_LAST, pitem)

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI ULONGLONG WINAPI DPA_GetSize(__in HDPA hdpa);
#endif // NTDDI_LONGHORN

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_Sort(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline BOOL DPA_Sort(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam)
    {
        return DPA_Sort(hdpa, (PFNDACOMPARE)(pfnCompare), lParam);
    }
#endif

    //
    // Save to and load from a stream.  The stream callback gets a pointer to
    // a DPASTREAMINFO structure.
    //
    // For DPA_SaveStream, the callback is responsible for writing the pvItem
    // info to the stream.  (It's not necessary to write the iPos to the
    // stream.)  Return S_OK if the element was saved, S_FALSE if it wasn't
    // but continue anyway, or some failure.
    //
    // For DPA_LoadStream, the callback is responsible for allocating an
    // item and setting the pvItem field to the new pointer.  Return S_OK
    // if the element was loaded, S_FALSE it it wasn't but continue anyway,
    // or some failure.
    //

    typedef struct _DPASTREAMINFO
    {
        int iPos; // Index of item
        void *pvItem;
    } DPASTREAMINFO;

    struct IStream;
    typedef HRESULT(CALLBACK *PFNDPASTREAM)(__in DPASTREAMINFO *pinfo, __in struct IStream *pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI DPA_LoadStream(__out HDPA *phdpa, __in PFNDPASTREAM pfn, __in struct IStream *pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI DPA_SaveStream(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDPASTREAM pfn, __in struct IStream *pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);

// Merge two DPAs.  This takes two (optionally) presorted arrays and merges
// the source array into the dest.  DPA_Merge uses the provided callbacks
// to perform comparison and merge operations.  The merge callback is
// called when two elements (one in each list) match according to the
// compare function.  This allows portions of an element in one list to
// be merged with the respective element in the second list.
//
// The first DPA (hdpaDest) is the output array.
//
// Merge options:
//
//    DPAM_SORTED       The arrays are already sorted; don't sort
//    DPAM_UNION        The resulting array is the union of all elements
//                      in both arrays (DPAMM_INSERT may be sent for
//                      this merge option.)
//    DPAM_INTERSECT    Only elements in the source array that intersect
//                      with the dest array are merged.  (DPAMM_DELETE
//                      may be sent for this merge option.)
//    DPAM_NORMAL       Like DPAM_INTERSECT except the dest array
//                      also maintains its original, additional elements.
//
#define DPAM_SORTED    0x00000001
#define DPAM_NORMAL    0x00000002
#define DPAM_UNION     0x00000004
#define DPAM_INTERSECT 0x00000008

    // The merge callback should merge contents of the two items and return
    // the pointer of the merged item.  It's okay to simply use pvDest
    // as the returned pointer.
    //
    typedef void *(CALLBACK *PFNDPAMERGE)(__in UINT uMsg, __in void *pvDest, __in void *pvSrc, __in LPARAM lParam);
    typedef const void *(CALLBACK *PFNDPAMERGECONST)(__in UINT uMsg, __in const void *pvDest, __in const void *pvSrc, __in LPARAM lParam);

// Messages for merge callback
#define DPAMM_MERGE  1
#define DPAMM_DELETE 2
#define DPAMM_INSERT 3

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_Merge(__in HDPA hdpaDest, __in HDPA hdpaSrc, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in PFNDPAMERGE pfnMerge, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline BOOL DPA_Merge(__in HDPA hdpaDest, __in HDPA hdpaSrc, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in PFNDPAMERGECONST pfnMerge, __in LPARAM lParam)
    {
        return DPA_Merge(hdpaDest, hdpaSrc, dwFlags, (PFNDACOMPARE)pfnCompare, (PFNDPAMERGE)pfnMerge, lParam);
    }
#endif

//
// Search array.  If DPAS_SORTED, then array is assumed to be sorted
// according to pfnCompare, and binary search algorithm is used.
// Otherwise, linear search is used.
//
// Searching starts at iStart (0 to start search at beginning).
//
// DPAS_INSERTBEFORE/AFTER govern what happens if an exact match is not
// found.  If neither are specified, this function returns -1 if no exact
// match is found.  Otherwise, the index of the item before or after the
// closest (including exact) match is returned.
//
// Search option flags
//
#define DPAS_SORTED       0x0001
#define DPAS_INSERTBEFORE 0x0002
#define DPAS_INSERTAFTER  0x0004

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI DPA_Search(__in HDPA hdpa, __in_opt void *pFind, __in int iStart, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam, __in UINT options);
#ifdef __cplusplus
    extern "C++" __inline int DPA_Search(__in HDPA hdpa, __in_opt const void *pFind, __in int iStart, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam, __in UINT options)
    {
        return DPA_Search(hdpa, const_cast<void *>(pFind), iStart, (PFNDACOMPARE)pfnCompare, lParam, options);
    }
#endif

#define DPA_SortedInsertPtr(hdpa, pFind, iStart, pfnCompare, lParam, options, pitem) DPA_InsertPtr(hdpa, DPA_Search(hdpa, pFind, iStart, pfnCompare, lParam, (DPAS_SORTED | (options))), (pitem))

#define DPA_APPEND DA_LAST
#define DPA_ERR    DA_ERR

#define PFNDPAENUMCALLBACK      PFNDAENUMCALLBACK
#define PFNDPAENUMCALLBACKCONST PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST
#define PFNDPACOMPARE           PFNDACOMPARE
#define PFNDPACOMPARECONST      PFNDACOMPARECONST

#endif // NO_COMMCTRL_DA

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI Str_SetPtrW(__deref_inout_opt LPWSTR *ppsz, LPCWSTR psz);

#ifdef _WIN32
    //====== TrackMouseEvent  =====================================================

#ifndef NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT

//
// If the messages for TrackMouseEvent have not been defined then define them
// now.
//
#ifndef WM_MOUSEHOVER
#define WM_MOUSEHOVER 0x02A1
#define WM_MOUSELEAVE 0x02A3
#endif

//
// If the TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure and associated flags havent been declared
// then declare them now.
//
#ifndef TME_HOVER

#define TME_HOVER 0x00000001
#define TME_LEAVE 0x00000002
#if (WINVER >= 0x0500)
#define TME_NONCLIENT 0x00000010
#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0500 */
#define TME_QUERY  0x40000000
#define TME_CANCEL 0x80000000

#define HOVER_DEFAULT 0xFFFFFFFF

    typedef struct tagTRACKMOUSEEVENT
    {
        DWORD cbSize;
        DWORD dwFlags;
        HWND hwndTrack;
        DWORD dwHoverTime;
    } TRACKMOUSEEVENT, *LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT;

#endif // !TME_HOVER

    //
    // Declare _TrackMouseEvent.  This API tries to use the window manager's
    // implementation of TrackMouseEvent if it is present, otherwise it emulates.
    //
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI
    BOOL WINAPI _TrackMouseEvent(__inout LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);

#endif // !NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

//====== Flat Scrollbar APIs=========================================
#ifndef NOFLATSBAPIS

#define WSB_PROP_CYVSCROLL 0x00000001L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHSCROLL 0x00000002L
#define WSB_PROP_CYHSCROLL 0x00000004L
#define WSB_PROP_CXVSCROLL 0x00000008L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHTHUMB  0x00000010L
#define WSB_PROP_CYVTHUMB  0x00000020L
#define WSB_PROP_VBKGCOLOR 0x00000040L
#define WSB_PROP_HBKGCOLOR 0x00000080L
#define WSB_PROP_VSTYLE    0x00000100L
#define WSB_PROP_HSTYLE    0x00000200L
#define WSB_PROP_WINSTYLE  0x00000400L
#define WSB_PROP_PALETTE   0x00000800L
#define WSB_PROP_MASK      0x00000FFFL

#define FSB_FLAT_MODE    2
#define FSB_ENCARTA_MODE 1
#define FSB_REGULAR_MODE 0

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_EnableScrollBar(HWND, int, UINT);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_ShowScrollBar(HWND, int code, BOOL);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollRange(HWND, int code, LPINT, LPINT);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollInfo(HWND, int code, LPSCROLLINFO);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollPos(HWND, int code);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollProp(HWND, int propIndex, LPINT);
#ifdef _WIN64
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr(HWND, int propIndex, PINT_PTR);
#else
#define FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr FlatSB_GetScrollProp
#endif

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollPos(HWND, int code, int pos, BOOL fRedraw);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollInfo(HWND, int code, LPSCROLLINFO psi, BOOL fRedraw);

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollRange(HWND, int code, int min, int max, BOOL fRedraw);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollProp(HWND, UINT index, INT_PTR newValue, BOOL);
#define FlatSB_SetScrollPropPtr FlatSB_SetScrollProp

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI InitializeFlatSB(HWND);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI UninitializeFlatSB(HWND);

#endif //  NOFLATSBAPIS

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#endif /* _WIN32 */

#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    //
    // subclassing stuff
    //
    typedef LRESULT(CALLBACK *SUBCLASSPROC)(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass, DWORD_PTR dwRefData);

    BOOL WINAPI SetWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass, DWORD_PTR dwRefData);
    BOOL WINAPI GetWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass, DWORD_PTR *pdwRefData);
    BOOL WINAPI RemoveWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass);

    LRESULT WINAPI DefSubclassProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

    enum _LI_METRIC
    {
        LIM_SMALL, // corresponds to SM_CXSMICON/SM_CYSMICON
        LIM_LARGE, // corresponds to SM_CXICON/SM_CYICON
    };

    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI LoadIconMetric(HINSTANCE hinst, PCWSTR pszName, int lims, __out HICON *phico);
    WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI LoadIconWithScaleDown(HINSTANCE hinst, PCWSTR pszName, int cx, int cy, __out HICON *phico);

#endif // NTDDI_LONGHORN

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

    int WINAPI DrawShadowText(HDC hdc, __in_ecount(cch) LPCWSTR pszText, UINT cch, RECT *prc, DWORD dwFlags, COLORREF crText, COLORREF crShadow, int ixOffset, int iyOffset);
#endif

#if !defined(RC_INVOKED) /* RC complains about long symbols in #ifs */
#if defined(ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED) && (ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED != 0)
#include "commctrl.inl"
#endif /* ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED */
#endif /* RC */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

#undef __in
#undef __out
#undef __in_opt
#undef __out_xcount
#undef __in_ecount

#endif // _INC_COMMCTRL
